CFM TECHNOLOGIES INC
10-K, 1998-01-28
SPECIAL INDUSTRY MACHINERY, NEC
Previous: CFM TECHNOLOGIES INC, DEF 14A, 1998-01-28
Next: ANSOFT CORP, S-1/A, 1998-01-28



                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

                        FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORT
                     PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

(Mark One)

[ X ]   Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended OCTOBER 31, 1997.

                                      or

[   ]   Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
        Securities Exchange Act of 1934 For the transition period from
        __________________ to ___________________

                           Commission File No. 0-27498

                             CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                   PENNSYLVANIA                              23-2298698
                   ------------                              ----------
        (State or other jurisdiction of                   (I.R.S. Employer
        incorporation or organization)                 Identification Number)

       1336 ENTERPRISE DRIVE, WEST CHESTER, PENNSYLVANIA          19380
       -------------------------------------------------          -----
         (Address of principal executive offices)              (Zip Code)
                                                         
       REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (610) 696-8300
                                                           --------------

        SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT: NONE

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:

                           COMMON STOCK, NO PAR VALUE
                           --------------------------
                                 Title of Class

     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports to
be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes _X_  No ___


     Indicate by checkmark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. _X_

     The number of outstanding shares of the Registrant's Common Stock, no par
value per share, on January 20, 1998 was 7,913,588. In making such calculation,
Registrant is not making a determination of the affiliate or non-affiliate
status of any holders of shares of Common Stock.

     The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of
the Registrant (computed by reference to the closing price of such stock on The
Nasdaq Stock Market on January 20, 1998 of $17.4375) was approximately
$108,282,000.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

     Portions of the Proxy Statements for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to
be held in March 1998 are incorporated herein by reference in Part III, Items
10,11,12 and 13.


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM NO.                                                                   PAGE
- --------                                                                   ----
                                    PART I

1.  Business ............................................................... 3
2.  Properties .............................................................29
3.  Legal Proceedings ......................................................30
4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders ....................30
    Executive Officers of the Registrant....................................31


                                   PART II

5.  Markets for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder
      Matters ..............................................................33
6.  Selected Financial Data ................................................34
7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
      Results of Operations ................................................36
8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ............................43
9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
      Financial Disclosure .................................................43


                                   PART III

10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant ....................44
11.  Executive Compensation ................................................44
12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
       Management ..........................................................44
13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.........................44


                                   PART IV

14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports
       on Form 8-K .........................................................45

Signatures ............................................................... F-23
Exhibits Index  .......................................................... E-1



<PAGE>



                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

     CFM Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries ("CFM" or the "Company") designs,
manufactures and markets advanced wet processing equipment for sale to the
worldwide semiconductor and flat panel display ("FPD") industries. The Company
believes that its patented Full-Flow(TM) enclosed processing and
Direct-Displacement(TM) drying technologies enable it to provide wet processing
systems that address a variety of limitations inherent in conventional systems,
including wet benches and spray tools, resulting in significantly lower cost of
ownership ("COO") for the Company's Full-Flow systems. The Company's customers
include: GEC Plessey, LG International (America) and related entities ("LG"),
Motorola, National Semiconductor, Samsung, SGS-Thomson, Siemens, Texas
Instruments, Tower Semiconductor, and International Business Machines ("IBM").


INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

Market Overview

     Over the past two decades, increasing demand for integrated circuits
("ICs") has resulted primarily from the growth of the personal computer and data
communication markets, as well as the emergence of new markets such as wireless
communications, mobile computing and multimedia and the addition of
microprocessor control to many common consumer products such as automobiles,
kitchen appliances and audio/video equipment. In large part, this demand has
been driven by the semiconductor industry's ability to provide increasingly more
complex, higher performance ICs while steadily reducing the cost per function
with lower power consumption. These improvements in the ratio of price to
performance have been driven by advancements in semiconductor process
technology, which have enabled the cost-effective production of high density ICs
with linewidth below 0.5 micron.

     As demand for ICs has grown, semiconductor and FPD manufacturers have
increased capacity by expanding and updating existing fabrication facilities
("fabs") and constructing new fabs. This expansion has historically exhibited
strong cyclical characteristics, and continues to do so. For example, beginning
in late 1995 and during 1996, many semiconductor manufacturers experienced a
reduction in order growth and, in a few instances, a reduction in overall
orders. These events caused certain semiconductor manufacturers to postpone or
cancel equipment deliveries to previously planned expansion or new fab
construction projects, providing evidence of the continuing cyclical nature of
the industry. Demand for semiconductor devices stabilized early in 1997. Recent
evidence of excess semiconductor device production capacity, especially in
dynamic random access memory ("DRAM") chips, may mark another period of reduced
demand for semiconductor capital equipment. However, according to VLSI Research
Inc. ("VLSI"), the semiconductor capital equipment market has grown through
these periodic cycles from an estimated $2.2 billion in 1980 to $37.6 billion in
1997.


3
<PAGE>


     The increasing complexity of ICs has resulted in an increase in both the
number and cost of process tools (such as steppers, etchers, furnaces and wet
processors) required to manufacture semiconductors. In a typical fab in the
1980s, the cost of equipment represented approximately 50-55% of the total
facility costs. Today, the total cost of an advanced fab can substantially
exceed $1 billion, of which equipment costs can account for over 80%.
Semiconductor manufacturers place great pressure on process equipment
manufacturers to decrease the COO of their products. The principal elements of
COO are yield, throughput, capital costs and direct costs. Yield is primarily
determined by contamination levels and process uniformity. Throughput is
primarily a function of the time required to complete a process cycle and the
handling time between process steps. Capital costs include the cost of
acquisition and installation of the process equipment. Direct costs primarily
include consumables used in the manufacturing process and costs of cleanroom
space occupied by the equipment. Semiconductor device manufacturers must also
address environmental costs such as water usage and costs related to the control
and disposal of chemical waste and emissions associated with operating a fab.
Measuring and maintaining an acceptable level of COO becomes increasingly
challenging as manufacturing processes become more complex and process
tolerances narrow.

     The market for FPDs has grown significantly in recent years as the result
of the increasing popularity of portable computers and other electronic devices
which utilize screens and other types of displays to provide information in
digital format and graphical displays, to the end user. As consumers demand
increasingly smaller and lighter electronic devices with improved functionality,
the demand for FPDs continues to increase due to inherent advantages over
cathode ray tubes ("CRTs") with respect to size, weight and power consumption.
As the cost of FPDs declines, the uses of FPDs are expected to increase.
Computer applications accounted for over half of the total number of FPDs sold
in 1995. According to Dataquest, Inc., a market research company, the overall
market for FPDs is projected to increase from $4.7 billion in 1995 to $15.6
billion in 1998. Users of displays require high resolution which translates to
increased device density on the back of the thin glass screen. In order to
support the required device density and still allow substantial light
transmission through the screen (brightness), significant reductions in feature
size will be required. The Company believes that the superior etch uniformity
and cleaning performance possible using a Full-Flow system may enable
manufacturers to meet the combined goal of device density and brightness.


Wet Processing in Semiconductor Manufacturing

     The manufacture of semiconductors requires a large number of complex
process steps during which layers of electrically insulating or conducting
materials are created or deposited on the surface of a silicon wafer. Before and
after many of these steps, it is necessary to clean, etch, strip or otherwise
condition the surface of the wafer in order to remove unwanted material or
surface contamination in preparation for a subsequent process step. SEMATECH, a
consortium of semiconductor manufacturers, has estimated that over 300
fabrication steps are required to manufacture advanced logic ICs, and that
approximately 55 of these steps are accomplished by wet processing.

     The following table identifies the typical wet processing steps in
semiconductor manufacturing.

  CRITICAL CLEANING         CRITICAL ETCHING           PHOTORESIST STRIP
    APPLICATIONS              APPLICATIONS               APPLICATIONS
    ------------              ------------               ------------
                                              
Initial wafer clean       Silicon oxide etch       Aqueous chemistry resist
Pre-diffusion clean       Polysilicon etch           strip/post-ash clean
Pre-oxidation clean       Silicon nitride etch     Solvent chemistry resist
Pre-thin films                                       strip/post-ash clean
deposition clean                                     (back end)


4

                              
<PAGE>
                                                                   
Post-CMP clean
Solvent chemistry clean
  (back end)

     The above wet processing steps have traditionally been accomplished using
wet benches and spray tools. Advanced wet benches utilize a succession of open
chemical baths and extensive robotic automation to move wafers from one chemical
or rinse bath to the next. Spray tools subject wafers to sequential spray
applications of chemicals as the wafers are spun inside an enclosed chamber.

     Like semiconductors, FPDs are manufactured using numerous process steps,
including photolithography, deposition, etching and cleaning. However, unlike
semiconductor wafers, each of which may contain several hundred individual ICs,
a single FPD substrate may contain a few as two laptop computer displays.
Therefore, defects in the manufacturing process tend to have a much greater
impact on FPD yields than on semiconductor yields.

     The Company believes that these conventional wet processing methods are
subject to a number of inherent limitations, including:

     Particle Contamination. Submicron ICs and FPD substrates are extremely
sensitive to small amounts of particle contamination which can result in poor
device performance or even failure. As device geometries become smaller, the
reduction of particle contamination has become an increasingly critical factor
in maximizing yield. Open-bath wet benches are exposed to the cleanroom
environment and therefore are susceptible to external contamination. Since
particles tend to reside on the surfaces of liquids due to surface tension, the
movement of wafers in and out of liquids can result in the transfer of particles
to the wafer surfaces through a "skimming" effect. The tendency to add particles
from air-liquid transitions is inherent in wet benches due to multiple
immersions and withdrawals and in spray processing where each spray droplet
striking the wafer surface can act as a separate miniature immersion and
withdrawal.


5
<PAGE>



     Watermark Defects and Native Oxide Growth. Both wet benches and spray tools
subject the surface of wafers or substrates to repeated wetting and evaporative
drying, creating watermark defects on the surface that can significantly impact
device or FPD performance and interfere with subsequent process steps.

      Process Control Limitations. Process liquids in wet benches and spray
tools are subject to evaporation and absorption of atmospheric gases. As a
result, it is difficult to achieve precise repeatability of process results.
Additionally, wafers and FPD substrates in a wet bench must be robotically
transferred from bath to bath through the cleanroom atmosphere. This gap in
processing during transport adds variability due to the effects of wafer and
substrate exposure to the cleanroom atmosphere.

      Large Physical Size. The cost of cleanroom space is a significant
component in the overall COO calculation for a specific piece of equipment. Wet
benches configured for the multiple-step wet processes required by many
manufacturers can be up to 30 feet in length. Increases in process complexity or
in wafer or FPD substrate size will likely require even larger wet benches.

      Environmental Impact. Due to the large volume of the open baths which
comprise a wet bench and the need for multiple wet processing steps to
manufacture increasingly complex ICs, wet benches typically consume large
quantities of water during processing. Water costs represent a significant
portion of the total cost of cleaning. Additionally, in many wet bench
processes, large amounts of chemicals are utilized. The open nature of the baths
in a typical wet bench necessitates expensive ventilation and air filtration
systems in order to remediate chemical fume emissions. As a result,
municipalities and environmental authorities are increasingly concerned by water
consumption and chemical fume emissions by fabs.

      Due to the continuing reduction of semiconductor device geometries and the
escalating cost of leading edge fabs, the Company believes that semiconductor
and FPD manufacturers are becoming increasingly sensitive to the foregoing
limitations inherent in conventional wet processing methods.


THE CFM SOLUTION

     The Company's systems are based on its proprietary Full-Flow wet processing
technology and are used to perform various cleaning, stripping and etching
process steps in the manufacture of semiconductors and FPDs. In the Company's
Full-Flow wet processing system, up to 150 wafers or 50 substrates automatically
load into a fully-enclosed, flow-optimized vessel that has a lower fluid inlet
and an upper fluid outlet. The Full-Flow system requires different vessel sizes
depending upon whether wafers or FPD substrates are being processed. Once a
selected process is begun, the vessel is completely filled with fluid at all
times, with fluids flowing through the vessel one directly after another without
exposing the wafers or substrates to air.


6
<PAGE>



     The Company believes that its patented Full-Flow enclosed processing and
Direct-Displacement drying technologies result in superior process performance
and lower COO by offering the following advantages over conventional wet
processing systems:

     Reduced Particle Contamination. Full-Flow processing takes place in a
fully-enclosed processing vessel which isolates the wafers or substrates from
the external cleanroom environment and associated contaminants. Additionally,
particle contamination through particle skimming is substantially reduced. Since
a Full-Flow system is capable of directly displacing one chemical or rinse step
with the next without draining the vessel, it can eliminate the air-liquid
interfaces (where particles tend to reside) that normally occur in wet benches
and spray tools. The wafers or substrates are kept completely immersed in fluid
until they are ready to be dried using the Company's patented in situ
Direct-Displacement drying technology.

     Substantial Elimination of Watermark Defects and Native Oxide Growth. The
formation of watermarks is substantially eliminated through the prevention of
water evaporation from the wafer or substrate surface. Once the chemical
treatment of the wafers or substrates is completed, drying is accomplished using
CFM's patented Direct-Displacement drying technology. With this technique, the
final rinse water is directly displaced with highly purified isopropyl alcohol
("IPA") vapor and substantially all water is forced off the surface of the wafer
before it is exposed to an air environment. Additionally, native oxide growth is
suppressed by degassifying the water immediately before it enters the vessel.
Since the vessel itself is totally enclosed, the ultra pure water in the vessel
is not able to absorb oxygen, carbon dioxide and other gases from the cleanroom
environment. As a result, the gas content of the water at the surface of the
wafers or substrates is much lower than that typically found in a wet bench or
spray tool.

     Tight Process Control. Process precision and repeatability result in large
part from the ability to control accurately the physical and chemical properties
of the processing liquids as well as transitions between process steps.
Full-Flow processing is performed in a completely enclosed vessel, thereby
substantially reducing variability of the processing liquids such as water and
chemical evaporation and absorption of atmospheric gases. Additionally, because
one process liquid directly displaces the previous one, there is no exposure to
the cleanroom atmosphere between process steps.

     Cleanroom Space Savings. The Full-Flow system has been designed to consume
a minimum amount of cleanroom space. System support modules can be located
outside the cleanroom and away from the vessel module. In many fabs, this means
that these support modules can be located in the basement, further reducing the
amount of square footage that is required on the main floor of the fab where
space is at a premium. A dual vessel Full-Flow system capable of processing 150
8-inch wafers in each of two vessels requires only 13 linear feet of cleanroom
wall space and no direct usage of cleanroom floor space when flush-mounted. This
is significantly less than the space requirements of a wet bench with


7
<PAGE>


lesser processing capacity, which the Company believes can require up to 350
square feet of total cleanroom floor space and approximately 35 linear feet of
cleanroom wall space.

     Environmental Advantages. The Company believes that the Full-Flow system
utilizes less than one-half of the water required by traditional wet bench
systems performing similar processing steps. Additionally, most of the water in
wet bench systems flows around the wafer carrier rather than across the surface
of the wafers. In the Company's flow-optimized Full-Flow systems, substantially
less water is lost as bypass flow. The fully-enclosed Full-Flow system also
reduces the amount of process chemicals consumed and the equipment and related
costs of remediation of chemical fume emissions associated with traditional wet
processing.


STRATEGY

     The Company's objective is to become a leading supplier of advanced wet
processing equipment to the worldwide semiconductor and FPD industries. The
Company intends to achieve this objective by focusing on the following key
elements of its strategy.

     Increase Current Market Share. The Company seeks to continue to expand its
share of the semiconductor critical cleaning and etching wet processing market
through significant expansion of its sales and marketing and customer
satisfaction efforts. The Company also intends to continually improve its
existing Full-Flow platform in order to offer enhanced technical capabilities
and lower COO benefits for currently served critical wet processing
applications. For example, in April 1996, the Company shipped a new version of
its Full-Flow system that doubled the throughput and capital productivity of its
predecessor system by enabling the processing of up to 100 8-inch wafers in a
single vessel. Subsequently, in July 1996, the Company shipped the first
fully-automated Full-Flow system capable of processing 370mm X 470mm FPD
substrates to a customer in East Asia. In November of 1996, the Company shipped
an enhanced version of its Full-Flow 8100 wet processing system designed
specifically for high throughput resist stripping applications. In May of 1997
the Company shipped the first fully-automated Full-Flow system capable of
processing 590mm X 670mm FPD substrates to a customer in East Asia.

     Broaden Semiconductor Market Penetration. The Company intends to leverage
its Full-Flow platform to address additional wet processing applications in the
semiconductor manufacturing process where it believes its proprietary Full-Flow
technology can provide important benefits over competing wet processing
technologies. By basing new process applications on this platform, the Company
is able to focus primarily on the development and optimization of each
application's process recipes. The Company believes this approach significantly
reduces the time and cost associated with entering new wet processing market
segments. Additional semiconductor wet processing applications identified by the
Company include solvent-based cleaning and photoresist


8
<PAGE>


stripping, in which CFM's fully-enclosed Full-Flow processing vessel would
provide the important benefit of controlling chemical fume emissions.

     Further Penetrate FPD Market. The Company believes that its Full-Flow
platform is particularly well-suited for cleaning and precise etching
applications in the manufacture of FPDs due to its advanced process
capabilities, its significantly lower use of water and chemicals relative to
comparable wet bench processes, its ability to successfully process very large
substrates and its substantially smaller footprint which saves increasingly
valuable cleanroom floor space. The Company believes that the FPD market
represents an opportunity for increasing sales of its systems.

     Focus on Customer Satisfaction. The Company believes that its commitment to
customer satisfaction has been a critical factor in its success to date. To
ensure a high level of customer satisfaction, the Company provides comprehensive
customer service and support, thorough customer training and ongoing process
consultation. The Company has already developed a comprehensive customer service
and support organization, and has invested in this area by locating direct sales
and service staff in Europe in 1996 and in East Asia in 1997. The Company also
intends to continue to increase the utilization of its applications laboratory
to design and test new processes and equipment features. Finally, the Company
has provided a Full-Flow system completely dedicated to training the Company's
customers and employees at its West Chester headquarters.

     Continue Commitment to Worldwide Markets. The Company believes that its
long-term success is substantially dependent on its ability to compete on a
worldwide basis. As such, the Company intends to continue to focus on expending
its sales activities in each of the primary worldwide markets for semiconductor
and FPD capital equipment. To date, the Company has achieved considerable
success in selling to customers outside the United States, with international
sales accounting for over 60% of total sales in the previous two fiscal years.


PRODUCTS

     The Company's systems are based on its proprietary Full-Flow wet processing
technology and are used to perform various cleaning and etching process steps in
the manufacture of semiconductors and FPDs.

     The Full-Flow Product Platform. The Company's proprietary
Direct-Displacement drying technology is embodied in its Full-Flow platform,
which principally consists of a fully-enclosed processing vessel incorporating
megasonic technology and associated systems software, hardware and control
electronics. Megasonic technology utilizes high frequency sonic energy to
enhance particle removal from the surface of semiconductor wafers and FPD
substrates during wet processing, enabling a quicker process cycle and a
significant reduction in the quantity of process chemicals used. The Company
believes that its Full-Flow platform offers significant improvements in process
performance and a lower COO relative to competing technologies. Conventional wet
bench


9
<PAGE>


processes used for many wet processing applications rely on a succession of open
chemical baths and extensive robotic automation to move semiconductor wafers or
FPD substrates from one chemical bath to the next, which exposes them to
contamination.

     In the Company's Full-Flow system, wafers or FPD substrates are loaded
automatically into a fully-enclosed flow-optimized processing vessel that has a
lower fluid inlet and an upper fluid outlet. They are completely isolated from
cleanroom air and accompanying contaminants as a succession of process fluids
are introduced into the processing vessel one directly after another, flowing
over the wafers or FPD substrates to complete the desired process application.
Once processing is completed, wafers or FPD substrates are dried in situ using
the Company's patented Direct-Displacement drying process. With this technique,
the final rinse water is directly displaced with highly purified IPA vapor and
substantially all water is forced off the surface of the wafers or substrates
before they are exposed to an air environment. This process substantially
eliminates evaporative drying defects such as watermarks, inhibits native oxide
growth and significantly reduces particle contamination. In competing
technologies, wafers or substrates are exposed to intermediate evaporative
drying within the cleanroom atmosphere prior to the completion of the final
drying process. The optimized flow characteristics of the Full-Flow processing
vessel and the advanced process control and monitoring capabilities of the
Full-Flow platform provide process uniformity and repeatability. Also, the
Company's Full-Flow systems can be flush-mounted in the cleanroom wall, with the
majority of the floor space needed by the system components located outside the
cleanroom environment. Due to this flush-mounting and the Full-Flow system's
comparatively smaller size, it requires significantly less expensive cleanroom
floor space than competing wet bench systems. The Company's Full-Flow systems
are based on a modular design and can be configured to accomplish a broad range
of wet processing applications using a variety of process and support modules
offered by the Company. By basing new process applications on its proprietary
Full-Flow platform, the Company can focus primarily on the development and
optimization of each application's process recipes. The Company believes this
approach significantly reduces the time and cost associated with developing new
products to address additional market opportunities.

     The following tables list the Company's product offerings.

                      CFM FULL-FLOW PLATFORM CONFIGURATIONS

FULL-FLOW MARKETS          CONFIGURATION       CAPACITY       LIST PRICE RANGE
- -----------------          -------------       --------       ----------------
Semiconductor ..........   Single vessel       50 wafer      $1.2 - 1.5 million
                           Single vessel      100 wafer      $1.4 - 1.7 million
                           Dual vessel        100 wafer      $1.8 - 2.3 million
                           Dual vessel        200 wafer      $2.2 - 2.7 million

Flat panel display .....   Single vessel       50 panel      $1.5 - 2.8 million
                           Dual vessel        100 panel      $2.3 - 4.1 million


10
<PAGE>

Semiconductor Manufacturing Applications

     The Company first introduced its Full-Flow systems for use in semiconductor
manufacturing research and development facilities in 1988, and shipped its first
system for use in semiconductor production lines in 1990. To date, the Company
has sold over 120 Full-Flow systems to more than 30 manufacturers. Full-Flow
systems can currently be configured with either one or two vessels, each of
which can be designed to accommodate 5-inch, 6-inch or 8-inch wafers.

     A flush-mounted Full-Flow system configured with dual processing vessels
requires approximately 170 square feet of total floor space and approximately 13
linear feet of cleanroom wall space. Assuming similar throughput capabilities
and the same wet process, the Company believes that a competing wet bench system
can require up to 350 square feet of total cleanroom floor space and
approximately 35 linear feet of cleanroom wall space. Additionally, the Company
believes that its Full-Flow systems can typically achieve a greater than 50%
reduction in the usage of water and chemicals compared to wet benches performing
similar applications. List prices for the Company's Full-Flow systems offered
for sale to the semiconductor industry range from $1.2 million to over $2.7
million. Automation options and custom system configurations are provided at
additional cost.

     SEMATECH has estimated that up to 300 fabrication steps are required to
manufacture advanced logic ICs and that approximately 50 of these steps are
accomplished by wet processing. The following table identifies the typical wet
processing steps in semiconductor manufacturing and indicates those performed by
the Company's Full-Flow systems (in capitals).

CRITICAL CLEANING              CRITICAL ETCHING       PHOTORESIST STRIP
   APPLICATIONS                  APPLICATIONS            APPLICATIONS
   ------------                  ------------            ------------

INITIAL WAFER CLEAN           SILICON OXIDE ETCH    AQUEOUS CHEMISTRY RESIST
PRE-DIFFUSION CLEAN           POLYSILICON ETCH        STRIP/POST-ASH CLEAN
PRE-OXIDATION CLEAN           Silicon nitride         (FRONT-END)
                              etch                 
PRE-THIN FILMS DEPOSITION                           Solvent chemistry resist
  CLEAN                                               strip/post-ash clean
Post-CMP clean                                        (back end)
Solvent chemistry clean                            
 (back end)                                      

     For classification purposes, the process to fabricate a semiconductor die
(without testing or packaging) is divided into two major phases referred to as
"front-end" and "back-end." Front-end steps are those that are performed to
fabricate individual components within an IC such as transistors. Back-end steps
are those that involve the creation of metal patterns on the wafers in order to
connect these individual components to create the IC. For a high-performance
logic IC, approximately 60% of the wet processing steps are front-end and the
balance are back-end.



11
<PAGE>



     Critical Cleaning Applications. Critical cleans are those wet processing
steps that are performed in the front-end to remove surface contamination prior
to performing highly sensitive fabrication steps such as gate oxidation or
diffusion. The Company believes that approximately 40% of the wet processing
operations in the front-end fall into this category. To date, most of the
Company's Full-Flow systems have been purchased by semiconductor manufacturers
for use in these applications.

     Critical Etching Applications. Wet processing is also commonly used in the
front-end to etch the surface of the wafer to remove silicon dioxide or other
surface material. It is generally important to tightly control the exact amount
of material removed and the uniformity of the etch. The Company believes that
approximately 20% of the wet processing steps in the front-end involve etching.
These etching steps are often performed as part of a wet clean rather than as
stand-alone operations, and as such, most of the Full-Flow systems sold by the
Company to date are also performing critical etching applications.

     Photoresist Strip Applications. Photoresist stripping operations involve
the removal of either virgin or ashed photoresist from the surface of wafers
after a patterning step has been completed. Resist stripping is performed in
both the front-end and the back-end, and the Company believes that this process
represents approximately 40% of the wet processing operations in each area.
Front-end cleans and resist strips are generally performed with aqueous
chemistries. However, back-end cleans and resist strips must be accomplished
with different chemistries that utilize solvents, since front-end water-based
chemistries are incompatible with the metal present on wafers in the back-end.

     In both cases, resist stripping operations are driven as much by cost as by
process performance. Production shipments of the Company's enhanced throughput
Full-Flow system, the Full-Flow 8100, capable of processing up to 100 8-inch
wafers per vessel, began in April 1996. For a nominally higher system sales
price, this system provides all the advantages of Full-Flow technology with
double the throughput of its predecessor. Since the Full-Flow system already
utilizes the chemistries required for front-end stripping, the Company believes
that the throughput and other COO advantages provided by this enhanced system
make it attractive for use in front-end resist strip applications. In 1996 and
1997, the Company delivered such systems for use in front-end applications
including resist stripping. In October 1997, the Company announced the Full-Flow
8150, capable of processing 150 eight inch wafers in a single enclosed vessel. A
dual vessel version is expected to be available in the near future. These
systems have the same footprint, and water and chemical comsumption as a
Full-Flow 8100, offering customers a significant increase in productivity with
little or no increase in operating costs.

     Future Applications. Approximately 40% of semiconductor wet processing
operations are performed in the back-end and are comprised primarily of
solvent-based cleans and solvent-based resist strips. The Company believes that
its Full-Flow systems offer a range of attractive


12
<PAGE>


benefits for these applications as process requirements become more demanding
and regulatory restrictions on the release of chemical fumes become more
stringent. Furthermore, the Company believes that its proprietary
Direct-Displacement drying method is well suited for drying wafers with complex
topographies that often exist in the back-end.

     FPD Manufacturing Applications. The Company believes that its Full-Flow
platform is particularly well-suited for cleaning and etching applications in
the manufacture of FPDs due to its advanced process capabilities, its
significantly lower use of water and chemicals relative to competing wet bench
systems and its substantially smaller footprint.

     To address the rapidly increasing demand for FPDs, the Company developed a
high-throughput FPD processing system based on it Full-Flow platform. This
Full-Flow FPD system, which was first shipped in April 1996, has been designed
to process up to 50 FPD substrates per vessel. The system is available in a dual
vessel configuration capable of processing up to 100 substrates simultaneously.
In fiscal 1996, four dual-vessel systems were delivered to an FPD manufacturer
in Korea. An order from this customer for six additional systems in an increased
substrate size were delivered during fiscal 1997. List prices for the Company's
Full-Flow FPD products range from $1.5 million to $4.1 million depending on
system configuration.


CUSTOMERS

     The Company sells its systems to leading semiconductor manufacturers
located in the United States, Europe and East Asia. Sales to LG, Siemens, Anam
Semiconductor Company, IBM and ProMOS Technology accounted for approximately
21.3%, 11.3%, 8.9%, 7.9% and 7.5%, respectively, of net sales in fiscal 1997.

     The Company expects a significant portion of its future sales to remain
concentrated within a limited number of customers. The Company's results of
operations could be materially adversely affected by any loss of business from,
the cancellation of orders by, or decreases in prices of systems sold to, any of
its major customers. The Company's arrangements with its customers are generally
on a purchase order basis and not pursuant to long term contracts. A reduction
or delay in orders from any of the Company's significant customers, including
reductions or delays due to market, economic or competitive conditions in the
semiconductor or FPD industries, or the loss of any such customers, could have a
material adverse effect upon the Company's results of operations. While the
Company actively pursues new customers, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be successful in its efforts, and any significant weakening in
customer demand would have a material adverse effect on the Company. See Note 14
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.



13
<PAGE>



SALES AND MARKETING

     The Company sells its systems through a combination of a direct sales
force, manufacturers' sales representatives, and East Asian sales
representatives. The Company's field service personnel support its sales force.
In North America, the Company utilizes a combination of a direct sales force and
manufacturers' sales representatives. In addition to the direct sales force at
the Company's headquarters in West Chester, Pennsylvania, the Company has direct
sales personnel located in Marietta, Georgia, Austin, Texas, San Jose,
California and Phoenix, Arizona. The Company employs a direct salesperson in
Paris, France and also supports the European market through its North American
direct sales force. The Company covers the Asian market with a director of sales
and marketing for Asian semiconductor sales and a direct salesperson based in
Singapore. The Company signed agreements with ANAM S & T Co. Ltd.("ANAM") in
1991, which markets in Korea, Innotech Corporation ("Innotech") in 1992, the
Company's agent in Japan, Ampoc Far East Company Limited ("AMPOC") in 1996, a
sales agent in Taiwan, Silicon Inernational Ltd ("Silicon International") in
1997, a sales agent in the Peoples Republic of China, and Aneric Enterprise Pte
Ltd. ("Aneric") in 1997, a sales agent in southeast Asia. The Company also
employs a direct salesperson to manage worldwide FPD equipment sales. See Item
13 - "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

     Although the Company believes that it has good relationships with its
manufacturers' sales representatives, sales agents and distributors, there can
be no assurance that these relationships will continue. In the event of a
termination of any of the Company's existing representation, agency or
distribution arrangements, the Company's strategy of worldwide expansion could
be adversely affected.


CUSTOMER SATISFACTION

     The Company believes that high quality customer support, customer training
and process consultation are key elements in the creation of customer
satisfaction. The Company also believes that product reliability, as it is
perceived by the individual customer technician, manager and executive, is
strongly correlated with customer satisfaction and the resulting decisions to
select the Company's technology and its products for broad application within
that individual customer's area of personal authority. The Company has made
substantial investments in its customer support, customer training, customer
communication and reliability engineering and testing programs and intends to
continue to make such investments in the future.

     The Company's customer satisfaction organization is headquartered in West
Chester, Pennsylvania, with additional employees and consultants located in
Arizona, California, Colorado, New York, New Mexico, Oregon, Texas, Vermont,
France, Taiwan and the United Kingdom. The Company uses local support personnel
where there are multiple installed systems. Innotech, ANAM and AMPOC provide
service to customers located in Japan, Korea and Taiwan, respectively. The
Company's support personnel generally have prior technical backgrounds in the
mechanical, electronic or chemical processing industries and prior experience or
training in semiconductor manufacturing processes. These field personnel are
supported by the Company's manufacturing and engineering personnel during system
installation and initial process validation. Field support personnel also
perform warranty and after-warranty service and sales support.

     The Company's products are typically sold with a 12 month warranty covering
all parts and labor, which commences upon completion of installation and final
acceptance.


BACKLOG

     The Company manages its production forecast using both backlog and


14

<PAGE>

projected system orders. The Company includes in backlog only customer purchase
orders which have been accepted by the Company and for which shipment dates
have been assigned within the following 12 months. Orders are generally subject
to delay without penalty, but may contain cancellation penalties. As of October
31, 1997 the Company's backlog was approximately $21.8 million. The backlog is
for both semiconductor and FPD equipment and comprises approximately 65% of
international orders. As of October 31, 1996 the Company's backlog was
approximately $18.5 million. It has been the experience of the Company that
neither the backlog nor the pattern of receipt of orders is necessarily
indicative of future orders or revenues.


RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING

     CFM maintains an applications and component testing laboratory in West
Chester, Pennsylvania to test new equipment and processes, design new features
and train customer and Company personnel. By basing new applications on its
proprietary Full-Flow platform, the Company can reduce substantially the time
and cost required to develop new process applications by focusing primarily on
the optimization of the applications' process recipes. The Company is currently
focusing its research, development and engineering efforts on equipment to
support additional wet process applications, to extend the productivity of the
current platform, to improve system reliability and to extend the Full-Flow
platform to larger substrate sizes. The Full-Flow 8100HT, which began shipping
early in 1997, has increased the productivity of the base Full-Flow 8100. The
Company recently introduced the 8150, which increases system throughput by an
additional 50%. The Company's 300mm Full-Flow system is presently under
development and is based on the 8100 platform. See "--Forward Looking
Statements--Dependence Upon Product Development."

     The markets in which the Company and its customers compete are
characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and
continuous improvements in products and services. Because of continual changes
in these markets, the Company believes that its future success will depend, in
part, upon its ability to continue to improve its systems and its process
technologies and to develop new system applications which compete effectively on
the basis of COO,


15
<PAGE>


including yield, throughput, capital and direct costs and system performance. In
addition, the Company must adapt its systems and processes to technological
changes to support the standards required by emerging target markets. The
success of new system introductions is dependent on a number of factors,
including timely completion of new system designs, ultimate system performance
achieved by those designs and market acceptance. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to improve its existing systems and process
technologies or develop new system applications.

     The Company's research, development and engineering expenses for the 1995,
1996 and 1997 fiscal years were $1.7 million, $4.4 million and $9.3 million,
respectively, representing 7.3%, 10.0% and 12.3% of net sales, respectively.
Research, development and engineering expenses were net of reimbursements of
$232,000, $1,592,000 and $890,000, respectively, for the 1995, 1996 and 1997
fiscal years.


COMPETITION

     The Company faces substantial competition in its market segments from both
established competitors and potential new entrants. The Company believes that
the primary competitive factors in the markets in which it competes are yield,
throughput, capital and direct costs, system performance, size of installed
base, breadth of product line and customer satisfaction. The Company believes
that it competes favorably with respect to each of these factors. The Company
also faces the challenge posed by semiconductor and FPD manufacturers'
commitment to competing technologies. Most of the Company's competitors have
been in business longer than the Company, offer traditional wet processing
technology, and have broader product lines, more experience with high volume
manufacturing, broader name recognition, substantially larger installed bases
and significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources than the
Company. In the semiconductor wet processing market, the Company competes
primarily with Dainippon Screen, FSI International, SCP Global Technologies,
Steag MicroTech, Sugai Corporation, SubMicron Systems, Tokyo Electron Limited
and Verteq. In the FPD wet processing market, the Company competes primarily
with Dainippon Screen, Shimada and Shibaura. There can be no assurance that
these competitors will not also develop enhancements to or future generations of
competitive products that will offer price or performance features that are
superior to the Company's systems or that the Company will gain market
acceptance.

     The Company believes that in order to remain competitive, it must invest
significant financial resources in developing new product features and
enhancements and in maintaining customer satisfaction worldwide. In marketing
its products, the Company will face competition from suppliers employing new
technologies in order to extend the capabilities of competitive products beyond
their current limits or increase their productivity. Once a manufacturer has
selected a particular vendor's capital equipment, the Company believes that the
manufacturer generally relies upon that equipment for a specific production line
application and frequently will attempt to consolidate related capital equipment
requirements with the same vendor, to the


16
<PAGE>


degree that such consolidation is possible. In addition, increased competitive
pressure could lead to intensified price-based competition, resulting in lower
prices and margins, which would materially adversely affect the Company's
business and results of operations.


MANUFACTURING

     The Company's manufacturing operations are based in West Chester,
Pennsylvania and consist of procurement, assembly and test engineering. During
fiscal 1996, the Company completed an expansion of its manufacturing operations,
which resulted in a 150% increase in production capacity. An additional
expansion took place in fiscal 1997 in a separate building within the same
industrial park in West Chester and resulted in a further 50% increase in
production capacity. The Company's Full-Flow systems are based upon a common set
of modules, enabling the Company to reduce manufacturing costs by using a large
number of common subassemblies and components. Many of the major subassemblies
are purchased complete from outside sources. The Company focuses its
manufacturing efforts on carefully documented assembly and integration
activities which the Company has determined to be critical to the successful
operation of its products. In 1994, as a result of adoption of SEMATECH
measurement and improvement methodologies, the Company began a concerted effort
to meet the requirements of ISO 9001, the international standard for quality
systems. In February 1997, the Company received ISO 9001 certification.

     Certain of the Company's components and subassemblies are obtained from
sole suppliers or limited groups of suppliers, which are often small,
independent companies. Moreover, the Company believes that certain of these
components and subassemblies can only be obtained from its current suppliers.
The Company generally acquires such components on a purchase order basis and has
supply contracts of up to one year in duration. The Company's reliance on
outside vendors generally, and on sole suppliers in particular, involves several
risks, including a potential inability to obtain an adequate supply of required
components and reduced control over pricing, timely delivery and quality of
components. The Company has experienced and continues to experience some
reliability and quality problems with certain key components and subassemblies
provided by single source suppliers. Because the manufacture of certain of these
components and subassemblies is a complex process and can require long lead
times, there can be no assurance that delays or shortages caused by suppliers
will not occur. Historically the Company has not experienced any significant
delays in manufacturing due to an inability to obtain components, and the
Company is not currently aware of any specific problems regarding the
availability of components which might significantly delay the manufacturing of
its systems in the future. However, any inability to obtain adequate deliveries
or any other circumstance that would require the Company to seek alternative
sources of supply or, if possible, to manufacture such components internally
could delay the Company's ability to ship its systems and could have a material
adverse effect on the Company. See "-Forward Looking Statements - Sole or
Limited Sources of Supply."


17
<PAGE>



     The Company is subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws, rules
and regulations relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of
hazardous chemicals used in its research, development and engineering
activities. The Company believes that it is currently in compliance in all
material respects with such laws, rules and regulations. However, failure to so
comply could result in substantial liability to the Company, suspension or
cessation of the Company's operations, restrictions on the Company's ability to
expand at its present location or requirements for the acquisition of additional
equipment or other significant expense. To date, the cost of compliance with
environmental rules and regulations has not had a material effect on the
Company's operations.


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     The Company relies on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and
trade secret laws, non-disclosure agreements and other forms of intellectual
property protection to protect its proprietary technology. The Company currently
holds twelve patents in the United States, six patents in Japan, one patent in
Korea and fourteen patents in various European countries. The Company also has
multiple patent applications pending in the United States and various foreign
jurisdictions. The technology covered in the existing patents includes the
Company's Full-Flow process and Direct-Displace drying technologies upon which
the Company's current product offerings are based. While the Company recognizes
that these patents have significant value, the Company also believes that the
innovative skills, technical expertise and know-how of its personnel in applying
the art reflected in these patents would be difficult, costly and time consuming
to reproduce.

     The Company has brought suit to enforce its patent rights against Steag
MicroTech, Inc. ("Steag") in an action commenced in July 1995 in the United
States District Court for the District of Delaware. Similarly, the Company took
action against Yieldup International Corporation ("YieldUp") in September 1995.
The Company's complaints in these actions allege infringement, inducement of
infringement and contributory infringement of one of the Company's patents. The
Company seeks damages and permanent injunctions to prevent further infringement.
The defendants have denied infringement and have asserted, among other things,
that the subject patent is invalid and unenforceable. There can be no assurance
that when these litigations are final any of the claims of the patent in issue
will be found to encompass use of the competitors' products or that the subject
patent will not be found to be unenforceable or invalid. A finding of invalidity
or unenforceability could result in the Company's competitors being able to
develop products using the Company's proprietary technology, which in turn could
have a material adverse effect on the Company. Further there can be no assurance
that any rights granted under any of the Company's patents will provide adequate
protection to the Company, or that the Company will have sufficient resources to
continue to prosecute its rights in the current actions or others.



18
<PAGE>



     The suit against Steag was tried to a jury in December 1997. The jury found
that Steag did willfully infringe the Company's patent and that the Company's
patent is not invalid, and it awarded damages in excess of $3 million.
Post-trial motions are pending and final judgment in this case is not
anticipated before April 1998.

     In the YieldUp action, the district court entered an order on October 14,
1997 granting summary judgment in favor of YieldUp on the defense of
noninfringement and dismissing YieldUp's counterclaim for declaratory judgment
as moot. The Company has filed a motion for reargument and that motion is still
pending.

     In March 1997, Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co. Ltd. and DNS Electronics LLC
(collectively "DNS") filed an action against the Company in the United States
District Court for the Northern District of California. In this action, DNS
requested the court to declare that DNS does not infringe one of the Company's
patents and that the patent is invalid and unenforceable, and asserted claims
for monetary damages and injunctive relief for alleged violations of the Lanham
Act, unfair competition, tortious interference with prospective economic
advantage and unfair advertising. This action was dismissed on the grounds of
lack of personal jurisdiction and lack of indispensable party. DNS has appealed
this ruling. This ruling, even if affirmed, will not prevent DNS from pursuing
its claims in a court in which jurisdiction is proper.

     Although there are no pending lawsuits against the Company regarding
infringement of any existing patents or other intellectual property rights or
any claims that the Company is infringing intellectual property rights of
others, there can be no assurance that such infringement claims will not be
asserted by third parties in the future. Also, there can be no assurance in the
event of such claims of infringement that the Company will be able to obtain
licenses on reasonable terms.

     The Company's involvement in any patent dispute or other intellectual
property dispute or action to protect trade secrets and know-how could result in
a material adverse effect on the Company's business. Adverse determinations in
the current litigation or any other litigation in which the Company may become
involved could subject the Company to significant liabilities to third parties,
require the Company to grant licenses to or seek licenses from third parties,
and prevent the Company from manufacturing and selling its products. Any of
these situations could have a material adverse effect on the Company.


EMPLOYEES

     As of October 31, 1997, the Company had 406 employees, of which 372 were
full-time and the balance temporary employees. There were 165 employees in
manufacturing operations, 95 in research, development and engineering, 25 in
sales and marketing, 80 in customer satisfaction and


19
<PAGE>


field support and 41 in general administrative and finance positions. Of the 372
total full-time employees, 8 were located in Asia and 15 were located in Europe.
The Company plans to hire additional personnel during the next 12 months.

     While the Company has generally been able to find qualified candidates to
fill new positions, substantial growth throughout the semiconductor capital
equipment industry has made it more difficult to recruit qualified candidates
for certain positions in design, field support, testing and process engineering.
Once recruited, the Company then faces the task of training and integrating new
employees quickly enough to keep pace with its rapid growth. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful in retaining or recruiting,
training and integrating the necessary key personnel to support its anticipated
growth, and any failure to expand these areas in an efficient manner could have
a material effect on the Company's results of operations.

     None of the Company's employees is represented by a labor union and the
Company has never experienced a work stoppage, slowdown or strike. The Company
considers its relationships with its employees to be good.


FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

     Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including those concerning
the Company's expectations of future sales, gross profits, research, development
and engineering expenses, selling, general and administrative expenses, product
introductions and cash requirements, include certain forward-looking statements.
As such, actual results may vary materially from such expectations. Factors
which could cause actual results to differ from expectations include variations
in the level of orders which can be affected by general economic conditions and
growth rates in the semiconductor and FPD manufacturing industries and in the
markets served by the Company's customers, the international economic and
political climates, difficulties or delays in product functionality or
performance, the delivery performance of sole source vendors, the timing of
future product releases, failure to respond adequately to either changes in
technology or customer preferences, changes in pricing by the Company or its
competitors, ability to manage growth, risk of nonpayment of accounts
receivable, changes in budgeted costs or failure to realize a successful outcome
to pending patent litigation, all of which constitute significant risks. For a
description of additional risks, see below. There can be no assurance that the
Company's results of operations will not be adversely affected by one or more of
these factors.

Fluctuations in Operating Results.

     The Company has derived substantially all of its net sales from the sale of
a limited number of wet processing systems which typically have list prices,
before automation options and custom configurations, ranging from $1.2 million
to $2.7 million per system. Systems with automation options and custom
configurations can be priced in excess of $4.1 million per system. At the
Company's current revenue level, each sale or failure to make a sale can have a
material effect on the Company. A cancellation, rescheduling or delay in a
shipment near the end of a particular quarter may cause net sales in that
quarter to fall significantly below the Company's expectations and thus may
materially adversely affect the Company's operating results for such quarter.
Other factors which may lead to fluctuations in the Company's quarterly and


20
<PAGE>


annual operating results include: market acceptance of the Company's systems and
its customers' products; the number of systems being manufactured during any
particular period; the geographic mix of sales; the mix of sales by distribution
channel; the timing of announcement and introduction of new systems by the
Company and its competitors; a downturn in the market for personal computers or
other products incorporating semiconductors and FPDs; variations in the types of
systems sold; product discounts and changes in pricing; delays in deliveries
from suppliers; delays in orders due to customers' financial difficulties; and
volatility in the semiconductor and FPD industries and the markets served by the
Company's customers. Also, customers may face competing capital budget
considerations, thus making the timing of customer orders uneven and difficult
to predict. Many of the factors listed above are beyond the control of the
Company. In addition, continued investments in research, development and
engineering and the development of a worldwide sales, marketing and customer
satisfaction organization will result in significantly higher fixed costs. There
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to achieve a rate of growth or
level of sales in any future period commensurate with its level of expenses. The
impact of these and other factors on the Company's operating results in any
future period cannot be forecast with any degree of certainty. Due to the
foregoing factors, it is likely that in some future quarter or quarters the
Company's operating results may be below the expectations of analysts and
investors. In such event, the price of the Company's Common Stock would likely
be materially adversely affected. See Item 7 and "-Business-Industry
Background."

Acceptance by Customers of New Technology.

     The Company's products all rely upon proprietary technology to accomplish
wet chemical processing during semiconductor or FPD manufacturing, which
technology is significantly different from the technological approaches in
current usage for these processes. Most of the Company's competitors make use of
established technology with competitive product variations. The semiconductor
industry is especially resistant to the introduction of changes in process or
approach in a manufacturing cycle which is quite long (up to twelve weeks),
consists of many separate process events (up to 300 or more) and suffers from
limited control measurement points during the overall fabrication process.
Accordingly, managers of semiconductor fabs have exhibited a strong resistance
to changing equipment and have been reluctant to embrace new technology,
including the Company's Full-Flow systems. Because a substantial investment is
required by semiconductor manufacturers to install and integrate capital
equipment into a semiconductor production line, these manufacturers will tend to
choose semiconductor equipment suppliers based on past relationships, product
compatibility and proven operating performance. Once a manufacturer has selected
a particular vendor's capital equipment, the Company believes that the
manufacturer generally relies upon that equipment for a specific production line
application and frequently will attempt to consolidate related capital equipment
purchases with the same vendor, to the degree that such consolidation is
possible. Many semiconductor and FPD manufacturers continue to extract marginal
improvements from existing wet processing technology in order to address issues
such as increases in feature density, reductions in line width and planned
increases in wafer size. There can be no assurance that the Company's products
will achieve broad market acceptance. See "-Business-Industry Background" and
"-Business-Products."


21
<PAGE>


Customer Concentration.

     Historically, relatively few customers have accounted for a substantial
portion of the Company's net sales. Sales to LG and Siemens accounted for
approximately 21.3% and 11.3%, respectively, of net sales in fiscal 1997. The
Company expects a significant portion of its future sales to remain concentrated
within a limited number of customers. The Company's arrangements with its
customers are generally on a purchase order basis and not pursuant to long-term
contracts. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to retain its
major customers or that such customers will not cancel or reschedule orders or
that canceled orders will be replaced by other sales. A reduction or delay in
orders from any of the Company's significant customers, including reductions or
delays due to market, economic or competitive conditions in the semiconductor or
FPD industries, or the loss of any such customers, could have a material adverse
effect upon the Company's results of operations. See "-Business-Customers."


Sole or Limited Sources of Supply.

     The Company relies to a substantial extent on outside vendors to
manufacture and supply many of the components and subassemblies used in the
Company's systems. Certain of these components and subassemblies are obtained
from a sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers, many of which are small,
independent companies. Moreover, the Company believes that certain of these
components and subassemblies can only be obtained from its current suppliers.
The Company's reliance on outside vendors generally and a sole or a limited
group of suppliers in particular, involves several risks, including a potential
inability to obtain an adequate supply of required components and reduced
control over pricing, timely delivery and quality of components. The Company has
experienced and continues to experience some reliability and quality problems
with certain key components and subassemblies provided by single source
suppliers. Because the manufacture of certain of these components and
subassemblies is a complex process and requires long lead times, there can be no
assurance that delays or shortages caused by suppliers will not occur. The
process of obtaining and qualifying replacement suppliers could be lengthy, and
no assurance can be given that any additional sources would be available to the
Company on a timely basis. Any inability to obtain adequate deliveries of
components and subassemblies which conform to the Company's reliability and
quality requirements or any other circumstance that would require the Company to


22
<PAGE>


seek alternate sources of supply or, if possible, to manufacture such components
internally could delay the Company's ability to ship its systems and could have
a material adverse effect on the Company. See "-Business-Manufacturing."


Dependence on Limited Product Offerings.

     To date, the Company's net sales have consisted primarily of sales to the
semiconductor industry, although the Company has developed and is now selling a
version of its Full-Flow system for use in FPD manufacturing. The ability of the
Company to diversify its operations through the introduction and sale of system
enhancements with new applications is dependent upon the success of the
Company's continuing research, development and engineering activities, as well
as its marketing efforts. The Company's continued sales growth will depend upon
achieving market acceptance of its Full-Flow systems and future products. There
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to develop, introduce or
market new systems or system enhancements in a timely or cost-effective manner
or that any such systems or enhancements will achieve market acceptance. See
"-Business-Products."


Dependence upon Product Development.

     The markets in which the Company and its customers compete are
characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and
continuous improvements in products and services. In order to remain competitive
in the future, the Company will need to develop and commercialize additional
cleaning and etching processes based on its Full-Flow platform. Further, the
Company will need to develop new products which are capable of supporting
customers' increasingly complex process requirements and which compete
effectively on the basis of overall COO, including process performance and
capital productivity. The market for FPD manufacturing equipment presents an
additional challenge as the technology is at an earlier stage and subject to
more rapid evolution. The success of new system introductions is dependent on a
number of factors, including timely completion of new system designs, system
performance and market acceptance, and may be adversely affected by
manufacturing inefficiencies associated with the start up of such new
introductions and the challenge of producing systems in volume which meet
customer requirements. Because it is generally not possible to predict the time
required and costs involved in reaching certain research, development and
engineering objectives, actual development costs could exceed budgeted amounts
and estimated product development schedules may require extension. Any delays or
additional development costs could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business and results of operations. There can be no assurance that the
Company will successfully develop and introduce new products or enhancements to
its existing products on a timely basis or in a manner which satisfies potential
customers or achieves widespread market acceptance.



23
<PAGE>



     Because of the large number of components in, and the complexity of, the
Company's systems, significant delays can occur between the introduction of
systems or system enhancements and the commencement of commercial shipments. The
Company has from time to time experienced delays in the introduction of, and
certain technical and manufacturing difficulties with, certain of its systems
and enhancements, and may experience such delays and technical and manufacturing
difficulties in future introductions or volume production of new systems or
enhancements. The Company's inability to overcome such difficulties, to meet the
technical specifications of any new systems or enhancements, or to manufacture
and ship these systems or enhancements in volume and in a timely manner, would
materially adversely affect the Company's business and results of operations, as
well as its customer relationships. In addition, the Company from time to time
incurs unanticipated costs to ensure the functionality and reliability of its
products early in their life cycles, which costs can be substantial. If new
products or enhancements experience reliability or quality problems, the Company
could encounter a number of difficulties, including reduced orders, higher
manufacturing costs, delays in collection of accounts receivable and additional
service and warranty expenses, all of which could materially adversely affect
the Company's business and results of operations. See "-Business-Products and
- -Business-Research, Development and Engineering."


Management of Growth.

     The Company is currently undergoing a period of rapid growth. To
accommodate this growth, the Company faces the task of identifying, recruiting,
training and integrating new employees quickly enough to keep pace with its
rapid growth. Many of the positions which are critical to supporting the
Company's growth require experience with semiconductor and FPD capital
equipment. The continuing growth of the semiconductor and FPD capital equipment
industries has made the recruitment of such experienced personnel difficult. The
Company's growth may also strain the Company's management, manufacturing,
financial and other resources. Any failure to expand these areas in an efficient
manner could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company has
recently leased additional facilities and may be required to secure other
additional facilities in the future. The need to acquire additional remote
facilities could be disruptive and could have a material adverse effect on the
Company. See "-Business-Employees" and Item 2-"Properties."


Dependence upon Personnel.

      The success of the Company depends to a large extent upon the efforts of
key managerial and technical employees. The loss of services of any of these
persons could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company has not
entered into written employment agreements with any of its executive officers
other than its chief financial officer, nor does the Company maintain key man
life insurance on any of its personnel.



24
<PAGE>



     In addition, the success of the Company will also depend upon its ability
to attract and retain qualified employees, particularly highly skilled design
and process engineers involved in the manufacture of existing systems, the
development of new applications and systems and the installation, training and
maintenance related to those systems already installed at customer sites. There
can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in retaining or
recruiting, training and integrating the necessary personnel to support its
anticipated growth, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations. See "-Business-Employees," and "-Executive Officers of
the Registrant."


Lengthy Sales Cycle.

     Sales of the Company's systems depend upon the decision of a prospective
customer to increase manufacturing capacity. These decisions typically involve
significant capital commitments or a change in process approach, which may
require the approval of senior management. The amount of time from the initial
contact with the customer to the first order is typically one to two years. The
Company's ability to obtain orders from potential customers has depended in the
past and may continue to depend in the future upon customers purchasing a new
system in order to evaluate Full-Flow and Direct-Displacement drying
technologies as an alternative to existing wet processing technologies. For many
potential customers, decisions to undertake such evaluations occur infrequently.
The Company often experiences delays in finalizing further system sales while
the customer evaluates and receives approvals for the purchase of additional
systems. Such delays may include the time necessary to plan, design or complete
a new or expanded fab. Due to these factors, the Company's systems typically
have a lengthy sales cycle during which the Company may expend substantial funds
and management effort. There can be no assurance that any of these expenditures
or efforts on the part of the Company will result in sales. See
"-Business-Products" and "-Business-Competition."


Volatility of the Semiconductor Industry.

     The Company's business depends, in significant part, upon capital
expenditures by manufacturers of semiconductor devices, which in turn depend
upon the current and anticipated market demand for such devices and the products
utilizing such devices. The semiconductor industry has been highly volatile and
historically has experienced periods of oversupply, resulting in significantly
reduced demand for capital equipment, including wet processing systems.
Recently, a number of semiconductor manufacturers have experienced a reduction
in order growth and, in a few instances, a reduction in overall orders. These
events have caused certain semiconductor manufacturers to postpone or cancel
equipment deliveries to previously planned expansions or new fab construction
projects. In addition, certain market analysts project limited growth in
expenditures for semiconductor capital equipment in 1998. Historically, a
significant portion of the Company's sales have been to Asian companies. The
recent economic crisis in Asia could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's operating results. There can


25
<PAGE>


be no assurance that further order cancellations or reductions in order growth
or overall orders for semiconductors will not have a material adverse effect
upon the Company's business or results of operations. The Company believes that
the FPD market may be similarly volatile. The need for continued investment in
research, development and engineering, marketing and customer satisfaction
activities may limit the Company's ability to reduce expenses in response to
future downturns in the semiconductor or FPD industries. The Company's net sales
and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if downturns or
slowdowns in the semiconductor or FPD markets occur in the future.


International Sales.

     Sales to customers located outside the United States accounted for
approximately 65% of the Company's net sales in fiscal 1997. The Company
anticipates that such international sales are subject to numerous risks,
including United States and international regulatory requirements and policy
changes, political and economic instability, increased installation costs,
difficulties in accounts receivable collection, exchange rates, tariffs and
other barriers, extended payment terms, difficulty in staffing and managing
international operations, dependence on and difficulties in managing
international distributors or representatives and potentially adverse tax
consequences. Furthermore, although the Company endeavors to meet technical
standards established by foreign regulatory bodies, there can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to comply with such standards in the future. In
addition, the laws of certain other countries may not protect the Company's
intellectual property to the same extent as the laws of the United States. As
part of its efforts to penetrate the East Asia market, the Company entered into
its first distributor agreement with ANAM in Korea in 1991, a distribution
agreement with Innotech in Japan in 1992, a sales agent agreement with AMPOC in
Taiwan in 1996, a sales representation agreement with Aneric in southeast Asia
in 1997 and a sales agency agreement with Silicon International in the Peoples
Republic of China in 1997. Although management believes that it maintains good
relationships with ANAM, Innotech, AMPOC, Silicon International and Aneric,
there can be no assurance that these relationships will continue. In the event
of a termination of any of the Company's existing representation, agency or
distribution arrangements, the Company's international sales could be adversely
affected. Although the Company's sales are predominantly denominated in United
States dollars, to the extent that the Company expands its international
operations or changes its pricing practices to denominate prices in
international currencies, the Company will be exposed to increased risks of
currency fluctuation. Historically, a significant portion of the Company's sales
have been to Asian companies. The recent economic crisis in Asia could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's operating results. Additionally, a
strengthening in the value of the United States dollar in relation to
international currencies may adversely affect the Company's future sales to
international customers. There can be no assurance that any of these factors
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business-Sales and
Marketing" and Item 7 "-Overview."


26
<PAGE>



Highly Competitive Industry.

     The Company faces substantial competition in its market segments from both
established competitors and potential new entrants. The Company believes that
the primary competitive factors in the markets in which the Company competes are
yield, throughput, capital and direct costs, system performance, size of
installed base, breadth of product line and customer satisfaction, as well as
customer commitment to competing technologies. Most of the Company's competitors
have been in business longer than the Company, offer traditional wet processing
technology, and have broader product lines, more experience with high volume
manufacturing, broader name recognition, substantially larger installed bases
and significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources than the
Company. In the semiconductor wet processing market, the Company competes
primarily with Dainippon Screen, FSI International, Santa Clara Plastics, Steag
MicroTech, SubMicron Systems, Tokyo Electron Limited and Verteq. In the FPD wet
processing market, the Company competes primarily with Dainippon Screen, Shimada
and Shibaura. There can be no assurance that the Company will overcome the
established positions of these competitors or that the Company's competitors
will not develop enhancements to or future generations of competitive products
that will offer price and performance features that are superior to the
Company's systems. The Company believes that in order to remain competitive, it
must invest significant financial resources in developing new product features
and enhancements and in maintaining customer satisfaction worldwide. In
marketing its products, the Company will face competition from suppliers
employing new technologies in order to extend the capabilities of competitive
products beyond their current limits or increase their productivity. In
addition, increased competitive pressure could lead to intensified price-based
competition, resulting in lower prices and margins, which would materially
adversely affect the Company's business and results of operations. See
"-Business-Competition."


Intellectual Property Rights

     The Company relies on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks and
trade secrets, non-disclosure agreements and other forms of intellectual
property protection to defend its proprietary technology. Although the Company
believes that its patents and trademarks may have value, the Company recognizes
that its future success will depend primarily on the innovation, technical
expertise and marketing abilities of its personnel. The Company currently holds
12 patents in the United States and 21 international patents and has patent
applications pending or under evaluation in the United States and various
foreign jurisdictions.

     The Company is currently asserting its patent rights in litigation against
two defendants, alleging infringement, inducement of infringement and
contributory infringement of one of the Company's patents. The defendants have
denied infringement and have asserted, among other things, that the patent at
issue is invalid and unenforceable. One case was tried to a jury in December
1997. The jury



27
<PAGE>


found that the Company's patent was willfully infringed by the defendant and
that it was not invalid, and it awarded damages in excess of $3 million.
Post-trial motions are pending and final judgment is not anticipated before
April 1998. The defendant is expected to appeal any adverse judgment. In the
second action brought by the Company, summary judgment was granted by the court
in October 1997 holding that the defendant's process does not infringe the
Company's patent. The Company is seeking reargument in this case.

     In addition to the two suits initiated by the Company, a third competitor
filed a suit against the Company in March 1997. In this action filed in the
United States District Court for the Northern District of California, the
competitor seeks a declaration that it does not infringe one of the Company's
patents and that the patent is invalid and unenforceable, and asserts claims for
monetary damages and injunctive relief for alleged violations of the Lanham Act,
unfair competition, tortious interference with prospective economic advantage.
This case was dismissed for lack of jurisdiction and an appeal by the competitor
is pending.

     In all of these cases, there can be no assurance that any claim of the
subject patent will be finally adjudged to encompass use of the competitors'
product or that the subject patent will not be found to be unenforceable or
invalid during prosecution of the actions. A finding of invalidity or
unenforceability could result in the Company's competitors developing products
using the Company's propriety technology, which in turn could have a material
adverse effect on the Company. The Company believes that these actions, even if
completely successful, will be costly to the Company in terms of both financial
and management resources.

     There can be no assurance that additional patents will be issued on the
Company's pending applications or that competitors legitimately will not be able
to ascertain proprietary information embedded in the Company's products which is
not covered by patent or copyright. In such case, the Company may be precluded
from preventing its competitors from making use of such information. There are
no pending lawsuits or claims against the Company regarding infringement of any
existing patents or other intellectual property rights of others. There can be
no assurance, however, that such infringement clams will not be asserted in the
future, nor can there be any assurance, if such clams are made, that the Company
will be able to defend such claims successfully or, if necessary, obtain
licenses on reasonable terms. Adverse determinations in any litigation naming
the Company could subject the Company to significant liabilities to third
parties, require the Company to seek licenses from third parties, and prevent
the Company from manufacturing and selling its systems. Any of these events
could have a material adverse effect on the Company.


Environmental Regulation.

     The Company is subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws, rules
and regulations relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of
hazardous chemicals used during its research, development



28
<PAGE>


and engineering activities. The Company believes that it is currently in
compliance in all material respects with such laws, rules and regulations.
However, failure to so comply could result in substantial liability to the
Company, suspension or cessation of the Company's operations, restrictions on
the Company's ability to expand its operations or requirements for the
acquisition of additional equipment or other significant expense, any of which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See
"-Business-Manufacturing."


Volatility of Stock Price.

     The Company believes that a variety of factors could cause the price of the
Company's Common Stock to fluctuate, perhaps substantially, including:
announcements of developments related to the Company's business; quarterly
fluctuations in the Company's actual or anticipated operating results and order
levels; general conditions in the semiconductor and FPD industries or the
worldwide economy; announcements of technological innovations; new products or
product enhancements by the Company or its competitors; developments in patents
or other intellectual property rights and litigation; and developments in the
Company's relationships with its customers, distributors and suppliers. In
addition, in recent years the stock market in general and the market for shares
of small capitalization and semiconductor industry-related stocks in particular
have experienced extreme price fluctuations which have often been unrelated to
the operating performance of affected companies. Any such fluctuations in the
future could adversely affect the market price of the Company's Common Stock.
There can be no assurance that the market price of the Common Stock of the
Company will not decline.


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     The Company conducts its manufacturing in a 26,000 square foot facility
which it owns in West Chester, Pennsylvania and a 13,941 square foot facility
that it leases across the street from the main manufacturing facility. The lease
on the 13,941 square foot facility expires in June 1998. The Company also leases
an 11,000 square foot facility nearby the industrial park for storage purposes
and a 32,000 square foot prototype laboratory and storage facility in another
nearby industrial park. The storage facility lease expires in October 1998 and
the prototype facility lease expires in June 1999.

     In January 1996 the Company commenced occupancy of a 38,400 square foot
leased office building located in the same industrial park as its manufacturing
facility to serve as the new location for its engineering, sales and marketing
and administration activities. The lease expires in November 2000.

     In April 1997, the Company leased an 8,023 square foot facility in the same
industrial park as its manufacturing facility for its customer satisfaction
staff. The lease on this facility expires in December 1998.



29
<PAGE>



     In fiscal 1997, the Company entered into a non-cancelable agreement to
lease a 60,000 square foot production facility and an 80,000 square foot office
facility to be built for the Company in Exton, Pennsylvania. The Company plans
to move all of its manufacturing, engineering, sales and marketing, customer
satisfaction and administrative functions to these two new facilities once they
are completed. Occupancy is expected to be in two phases in late 1998 and early
1999. The Company intends to maintain the building that it owns as a research
and development facility. See Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.

     The Company believes that suitable additional space, if ultimately needed,
will be available on terms acceptable to the Company.


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company has asserted certain of its patent rights against two
defendants and is the defendant in another matter seeking a declaratory judgment
of patent noninfringement and invalidity, each matter pertaining to U.S. Letters
Patent No. 4,911,761. The United States District Court for the District of
Delaware granted a summary judgment in one matter wherein the Company is the
plaintiff and the Company has filed for reargument. On December 12, 1997 a jury,
following trial in the United States District Court for the District of
Delaware, found the subject patent valid and enforceable on all asserted claims
and found the defendant to have willfully infringed on all asserted claims.
Post-trial motions by both parties are being considered by the court at the date
of this filing. Some of the claims in the matter seeking declaratory judgment
have been dismissed for lack of jurisdiction, a finding which is under appeal.
Although management believes that the ultimate resolution of these matters will
not have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial position or
results of operations, there can be no assurance in that regard.


ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

     None.


30
<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The following table sets forth certain information concerning the Company's
executive officers and key employees:

      NAME                AGE               POSITION
      ----                ---               --------
                 
Christpher F. McConnell   44     Chairman of the Board of Directors
Roger A. Carolin          42     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Lorin J. Randall          54     Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial
                                   Officer, Secretary and Treasurer
Joseph E. Berger          39     Vice President-Worldwide Sales and Marketing
David L. deLesdernier     48     Vice President-Engineering
Garry M. Mayers           44     Vice President-Customer Service
John L. Posta             56     Vice President-Manufacturing
Steven T. Bay             41     Chief Technical Officer
Heinrich S. Erhardt       53     Vice President-Product Development
Steven Verhaverbeke       32     Director of Process Technology
Alan E. Walter            43     Senior Vice President, Business
                                    Development

- ----------

     CHRISTOPHER F. MCCONNELL founded the Company in May 1984 and served as
President and Chief Executive Officer until October 1990 when he was named
Chairman of the Board of Directors. Prior to forming the Company, Mr. McConnell
held various technical and marketing positions with Dow Chemical. Mr. McConnell
received his BS and MS degrees in Chemical Engineering from Dartmouth College
and Purdue University, respectively, and his MBA from Harvard Business School.
Mr. McConnell is a named inventor on all of the Company's patents.

     ROGER A. CAROLIN has served the Company as a director since its inception
in 1984 and as President and Chief Executive Officer since April 1991. From
October 1990 to April 1991, he served as a marketing and sales consultant to the
Company. From June 1984 to October 1990 Mr. Carolin was Senior Vice President of
The Mills Group, Inc., a real estate development firm. Previously, Mr. Carolin
was with The General Electric Company and Honeywell, Inc. in a variety of
technical positions. Mr. Carolin received his BS in Electrical Engineering from
Duke University and his MBA from Harvard Business School.

     LORIN J. RANDALL joined the Company in January 1995 as Vice
President-Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer. From May
1994 to June 1995, Mr. Randall served as the President and Chief Executive
Officer of Greenwich Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a drug development company
where from September 1991 to May 1994, he served as Vice President-Finance and
Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Randall received his BS in Accounting from The
Pennsylvania State University and his MBA from Northeastern University. Mr.
Randall is a director of Quad Systems Corporation.



31
<PAGE>


     JOSEPH E. BERGER joined the Company in June 1993 and has served as Vice
President-Worldwide Sales and Marketing from December 1995. Mr. Berger served as
the Company's Director of Sales and Marketing from June 1995 to December 1995,
and as Program Director from June 1993 to June 1995. Mr. Berger served as
Director of Sales for A.E. Staley Manufacturing Co., a manufacturer of corn
sweetners and starches, from 1990 until May 1993. Mr. Berger received his BS in
Chemical Engineering from the University of Virginia and MBA from Harvard
Business School.

     DAVID L. DELESDERNIER joined the Company in September 1996 and currently
serves as Vice President-Engineering. From August 1995 until August 1996, Mr.
deLesdernier was Vice President-Technology for IPEC/Clean, a manufacturer of
sulfuric acid reprocessing systems for the semiconductor industry. From 1977 to
June 1995 Mr. deLesdernier was Corporate Vice President-Commercial and
International for Systems Applications International Corp., a defense
contractor. Mr. deLesdernier received his BS and MS from the Georgia Institute
of Technology and his MBA from San Diego State University.

     GARRY M. MAYERS joined the Company in October 1996 and currently serves as
Vice President-Customer Service. From April 1991 until October 1996, Mr. Mayers
was Director of World Wide Customer Service at ADE Corporation, a manufacturer
of chemical vapor deposition and ion implant equipment for semiconductor
devices. Mr. Mayers attended Northeastern University, majoring in electrical
engineering.

     JOHN L. POSTA joined the Company in October 1993 as Vice
President-Manufacturing. Mr. Posta served as a consulting engineer to the
Company from August 1993 to October 1993 and as a manufacturing consultant from
August 1989 to October 1993. Mr. Posta received his BS in Industrial Management
from Fairleigh Dickinson University.

     STEVEN T. BAY joined the Company in April 1992 as Director of Technology
and Marketing/Far East, and has served as Chief Technical Officer since
September 1994. From 1990 until April 1992, Mr. Bay was employed by Bridgetek,
Inc. of San Jose, California, which was the manufacturer's representative for
the Company in California and the Pacific Northwest. Mr. Bay received his BA in
Chemistry from St. Louis University.

     HEINRICH S. ERHARDT joined the Company in January 1992 and is currently
Vice President-Product Development. From January 1992 to September 1996 he
served as Vice President-Engineering. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Erhardt
served as Vice President of Operations for Image Storage/Retrieval Systems, a
supplier of high-density data storage systems, from January to December 1991.
Mr. Erhardt received his BS in Mechanical Engineering from City University of
New York and his MS in Engineering Science from The Pennsylvania State
University.


32
<PAGE>



     STEVEN VERHAVERBEKE joined the Company in February 1995 and has served as
Director of Process Technology since that time. Dr. Verhaverbeke was employed by
IMEC of Leuven, Belgium, a microelectronics research institute, as a senior
researcher from August 1994 to January 1995 and as a doctoral researcher from
September 1988 to July 1993. Dr. Verhaverbeke also served as a researcher at
Tohoku University in Sendai, Japan from August 1993 to August 1994. Dr.
Verhaverbeke received his Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering from K. U. Leuven,
Belgium.

     ALAN E. WALTER co-founded the Company in 1984 and currently serves as
Senior Vice President-Business Development, with primary responsibility for the
Company's marketing efforts in the FPD industry. Prior to joining the Company,
he was with the Cochrane Division of Crane Company, a producer of ultra-high
purity water systems. Mr. Walter received his BS in Chemical Engineering from
the University of Delaware. He is a named inventor on ten of the Company's
patents.


                                     PART II


ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
         MATTERS.

     The Company's Common Stock is traded in The Nasdaq Stock Market under the
symbol CFMT. The range of high and low closing prices for the Common Stock as
reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. for the periods
indicated below is as follows:

Fiscal 1997                                             HIGH       LOW
- -----------                                             ----       ---

      1st Quarter....................................  $37.75    $ 8.25
      2nd Quarter ...................................   41.75     25.00
      3rd Quarter ...................................   37.75     25.25
      4th Quarter ...................................   40.88     14.00

Fiscal 1996
- -----------

      3rd Quarter(1).................................  $11.00     $8.25
      4th Quarter ...................................   13.50      7.75


- ----------

(1) Commencing June 21, 1996, the day on which trading commenced following the
    effectiveness of the Company's initial public offering.

     These prices reflect inter-dealer quotations, without retail mark-ups,
mark-downs or other fees or commissions, and may not necessarily represent
actual transactions.

      As of January 20, 1998, the closing quotation for the Common Stock was
$17.4375. As of January 20, 1998, there were approximately 160 holders of record
and the Company believes that there were approximately 4000 beneficial owners of
the Company's Common Stock.



33
<PAGE>



     The Company has never declared or paid a cash dividend on its Common Stock
and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The
Company currently intends to retain its earnings, if any, for the development of
its business. The declaration of any future dividends by CFM is within the
discretion of its Board of Directors and will be dependent on the earnings,
financial condition and capital requirements of CFM as well as any other factors
deemed relevant by its Board of Directors.


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

     The following table contains certain selected consolidated financial data
of the Company and is qualified by the more detailed Consolidated Financial
Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this report. The consolidated
statement of income data for the fiscal years ended October 31, 1995, 1996 and
1997 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of October 31, 1996 and 1997
have been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company
which have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants,
as indicated in their report included elsewhere herein. The consolidated
statement of income data for the fiscal years ended October 31, 1993 and 1994
and the consolidated balance sheet data as of October 31, 1994 and 1995 have
been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company which
have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as
indicated in their reports not included herein. The consolidated balance sheet
data as of October 31, 1993 has been derived from unaudited financial
statements. The unaudited financial statements include all adjustments,
consisting only of normal adjustments, that the Company considers necessary for
a fair presentation of the results of operations for such periods. This data
should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and
Notes thereto and Item 7 - "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere herein.



34
<PAGE>


                                          FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,
                                 ---------------------------------------------
                                  1993     1994      1995     1996      1997
                                  ----     ----      ----     ----      ----
                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Net sales ...................   $11,840  $15,937   $23,430   $44,013   $75,772
Cost of sales ...............     6,752    9,114    13,463    23,317    40,072
                                -------  -------   -------   -------   -------
   Gross profit .............     5,088    6,823     9,967    20,696    35,700
                                -------  -------   -------   -------   -------
Operating Expenses:
    Research, development and
      Engineering ............      720    2,100     1,717     4,375     9,334
    Selling, general and
      administrative .........    2,273    3,150     5,972    11,679    19,360
                                -------  -------   -------   -------   -------
    Total operating expenses      2,993    5,250     7,689    16,054    28,694
                                -------  -------   -------   -------   -------
Operating income ............     2,095    1,573     2,278     4,642     7,006
Interest (income) ...........        (7)     (31)      (72)     (271)   (2,163)
Interest expense ............       762      828       245       428       281
                                -------  -------   -------   -------   -------
Income before income taxes ..     1,340      776     2,105     4,485     8,888
Income taxes.................       457      238       703     1,525     2,666
                                -------  -------   -------   -------   -------
Net income...................   $   883  $   538   $ 1,402   $ 2,960   $ 6,222
                                =======  =======   =======   =======   =======

Net income per share(1) .....                      $  0.35   $  0.61   $  0.80
                                                   =======   =======   =======
Weighted average common and
common equivalent shares (1)                         3,994     4,832     7,764




35
<PAGE>



                                                OCTOBER 31,
                               --------------------------------------------
                                1993     1994      1995     1996      1997
                                ----     ----      ----     ----      ----
                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:

Cash, cash equivalents and
  short-term investments ...  $  112  $ 1,106   $   408   $12,254   $ 46,181
                                                         
Working capital ............   3,118    7,177     8,136    27,525     81,796
                                                         
Total assets ...............   9,332   16,689    18,454    44,251    109,496
                                                         
Long-term debt, less current                             
  portion ..................   5,610    7,820     3,005     2,525      2,571
                                                         
Shareholders' equity .......     237    5,109     9,775    32,711     89,868
                                                        

- ----------

(1)  See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an
     explanation of the computation of net income per share.

ITEM 7.     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
            AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

     CFM Technologies, Inc. designs, manufactures and markets advanced wet
processing equipment for sale to the worldwide semiconductor and flat panel
display ("FPD") manufacturing industries. The Company was founded in 1984 and
began commercial operations in 1990 following a period of technology and product
development, during which time the Company's patented Full-Flow enclosed
processing and Direct-Displace drying technologies were developed.

     The Company has derived substantially all of its revenues from the sale of
a relatively small number of its systems, recent sales of which have ranged in
price from approximately $1.3 million to $2.7 million. As of October 31, 1997,
the Company has shipped over 120 systems to more than 30 semiconductor and FPD
manufacturers worldwide. The Company has been undergoing a period of rapid
growth with net sales during fiscal 1997 increasing by 72% over net sales for
fiscal 1996. Net sales of Full-Flow systems to companies in the FPD
manufacturing industry represented 24% and 20% of total net sales in fiscal 1997
and 1996, respectively. The Company believes that capital expenditures in the
FPD manufacturing industry are subject to significant variations and expects
that its FPD sales as a percentage of total sales will fluctuate as the Company
attempts to penetrate new accounts. Sales of FPD Full-Flow systems to LG
represented 88% of all FPD sales during fiscal 1997. The Company believes that
FPD Full-Flow system sales will represent a smaller portion of total sales
during fiscal 1998.

     The Company sells its systems worldwide and records a significant portion
of its sales to customers outside the United States. In fiscal 1997,
international sales constituted 65% of net sales, including sales to customers
in Korea and Taiwan which represented 30% and 17% of total sales, respectively.
In the fall of 1997, the currencies and economies of certain Asian countries,
including Korea, came under pressure. Some of these Asian countries subsequently
experienced currency devaluation, received external financial support and agreed
to certain economic


36
<PAGE>


reorganization programs anticipated to reduce growth and credit demand. In
December 1997, the Company received notification of an order cancellation as a
result of these events. Adjusted for that cancellation, orders scheduled for
shipment to Korea and Taiwan in the Company's backlog as of October 31, 1997
represented 22% and 32% of the total backlog, respectively. The Company was
informed by a customer in Taiwan that the customer could not take delivery of an
order scheduled to be shipped in October 1997 because of a fire in the
customer's factory. This action caused a reduction of net sales for the fourth
quarter of fiscal 1997 from the level previously anticipated by the Company.
There can be no assurance that the recent economic events in Korea, Taiwan and
other Asian countries will not continue to affect the Company's net sales.
Cancellation of additional orders could have a material adverse effect on the
Company.

     The Company has significantly increased its operations to support increased
revenues, including the hiring of additional personnel, and has made and expects
to continue to make substantial investments in research, engineering and
development to support product development as well as sales and marketing to
promote its products. In addition, the Company entered into several leases to
allow it to expand its manufacturing capacity. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to achieve a rate of growth or level of sales in any
future period commensurate with its recent growth and its level of expenses.
Future results will depend upon a variety of factors, including the timing of
significant orders, the ability of the Company to bring new systems to market,
the timing of new product releases by the Company's competitors, patterns of
capital spending by the Company's customers, the impact of economic controls in
countries where the Company does business, market acceptance of new or enhanced
versions of the Company's systems, changes in pricing by the Company or its
competitors and the volatility of the semiconductor and FPD industries and of
the markets served by the Company's customers.

     The Company's gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a
variety of factors including the mix and average selling prices of systems and
the mix of sales to domestic and international markets. The Company pays
significant commissions to agents on sales in East Asia. As a result, gross
margin and selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net
sales have in the past and will continue in the future to fluctuate based to a
large extent on changes in proportion of net sales in East Asia.



37
<PAGE>



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table sets forth the components of the Company's statements
of income for the fiscal years ended October 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, expressed
as a percentage of net sales:

                                             FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,
                                           ---------------------------------
                                             1997       1996        1995
                                             ----       ----        ----
Net sales ..............................    100.0%     100.0%      100.0%
Cost of sales ..........................     52.9       53.0        57.5
                                            -----      -----       -----
        Gross profit ...................     47.1       47.0        42.5
                                            -----      -----       -----
Operating expenses:
     Research, development and
       engineering .....................     12.3       10.0         7.3
     Selling, general and
       administrative ..................     25.6       26.5        25.5
                                            -----      -----       -----
         Total operating expenses ......     37.9       36.5        32.8
                                            -----      -----       -----
Operating income .......................      9.2       10.5         9.7
Interest (income) expense, net .........     (2.5)       0.3         0.7
                                            -----      -----       -----
Income before income taxes .............     11.7       10.2         9.0
Income taxes ...........................      3.5        3.5         3.0
                                            -----      -----       -----
Net income .............................      8.2%       6.7%        6.0%
                                            =====      =====       =====

     Net Sales. Net sales increased 88% from $23.4 million in fiscal 1995 to
$44.0 million in fiscal 1996 and 72% to $75.8 million in fiscal 1997. In fiscal
1996 and fiscal 1997, these increases resulted primarily from increased demand
for the Company's Full-Flow systems by companies in the semiconductor and FPD
industries as the Company's customers equipped new facilities or expanded
facilities, resulting in multiple systems purchases by some of the Company's
major customers, and initial sales to new customers. Net sales for fiscal 1996
and fiscal 1997 included sales of Full-Flow systems to companies in the FPD
manufacturing industry representing approximately 20% and 24% of net sales,
respectively. The Company believes that capital expenditures in the FPD
manufacturing industry are subject to significant variations and expects that
its FPD sales as a percentage of total sales will fluctuate as the Company
attempts to penetrate new accounts. Sales of FPD Full-Flow systems to LG
Semiconductor, a manufacturer located in Korea, represented 88% of all FPD sales
during fiscal 1997. The Company believes that FPD Full-Flow system sales will
represent a smaller portion of net sales during fiscal 1998. International sales
represented 52%, 63% and 65% of total net sales, in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. The number of international customers receiving shipments of the
Company's systems increased in both fiscal 1996 and 1997. The Company expects
international sales to continue to represent a significant portion of its net
sales as a result of continuing expansion of its international sales, service
and support organization. For a description of recent economic events in Korea,
Taiwan and other Asian countries and their effects on the Company, see
"Overview".



38
<PAGE>



     Gross Profit. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 47.0%
in fiscal 1996 from 42.5% in fiscal 1995 due to increases in manufacturing and
procurement efficiencies because of increased volume. Gross margin in fiscal
1997 remained substantially constant at 47.1%. The level of gross profit in
fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997 can be attributed to a mix of increases in sales
prices, changes in product mix, reductions in the cost of component parts due to
volume and manufacturing efficiencies resulting from increased volume and the
expansion of the Company's manufacturing facilities.

     Research, Development and Engineering. Research, development and
engineering expenses increased from $1.7 million or 7.3% of net sales in fiscal
1995 to $4.4 million or 10.0% of net sales in fiscal 1996 and further increased
to $9.3 million or 12.3% of net sales in fiscal 1997. The substantial increase
in research, development and engineering spending in fiscal 1996 is attributable
to the Company's completion in March 1996 of development of a Full-Flow system
configured to process 100 wafers per vessel and the release of this system's
design to the Company's manufacturing division. In addition, during fiscal 1996
the Company incurred substantial research, development and engineering expenses
in support of the development of its first Full-Flow system for use in
manufacturing flat panel displays. The further significant increase in research,
development and engineering spending which occurred in fiscal 1997 is
attributable to the development of a much larger Full-Flow FPD system which was
first delivered in June 1997. Additionally, the Full-Flow 8150, capable of
processing 150 wafers in a single vessel, was introduced in October 1997. The
Company is developing a version of the Full-Flow platform to process 300mm
semiconductor wafers and anticipates that production systems will be available
for shipment in the first half of fiscal 1998. The Company believes that a
substantial investment in research, development and engineering is critical to
maintaining a strong technological position and accordingly expects such
expenses in fiscal 1998 will increase over the 1997 level.

     Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative
expenses increased from $6.0 million or 25.5% of net sales in fiscal 1995 to
$11.7 million or 26.5% of net sales in fiscal 1996 and to $19.4 million or 25.6%
of net sales in fiscal 1997. The increases in fiscal 1996 and 1997 resulted
primarily from increases in sales and marketing costs related to increased
customer support and increased international sales, and legal expenses related
to litigation undertaken to protect one of the Company's patents. The Company
believes that selling, general and administrative expenses will increase in
fiscal 1998 and beyond, as increased personnel and sales and support expenses
are anticipated in connection with the Company's efforts to increase its net
sales and as the Company continues to invest in developing and protecting its
patents and other intellectual property rights.



39
<PAGE>


     Interest (Income) Expense, Net. Interest expense, net of interest income,
of $0.2 million in fiscal 1995 and 1996 represented 0.7% and 0.3% of net sales,
respectively. In fiscal 1997, interest income, net of interest expense, was $1.9
million or 2.5% of net sales. The Company incurred interest expenses due to
intra-period borrowings on its revolving line of credit during fiscal 1995 and
1996 which borrowings were utilized to support the Company's increased working
capital requirements. In fiscal 1997, net interest income was earned as a result
of the investment of funds not immediately required for the Company's operations
which were available as a result of the Company's initial public offering in
June 1996 and a follow-on offering in February 1997.

     Income Taxes. The Company's effective tax rate increased from 33.4% in
fiscal 1995 to 34.0% in fiscal 1996 and decreased to 30.0% in fiscal 1997. The
rate for fiscal 1995 reflects a reduction in the research and development tax
credit because of lower research, development and engineering expenses. The rate
for fiscal 1996 reflects the unavailability of the research and development tax
credit during the majority of the year. In contrast, the rate for fiscal 1997
reflects tax benefits from the research and development tax credit along with
significant tax benefits from the Company's Foreign Sales Corporation as a
result of the Company's export sales.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Since its inception, the Company has funded its capital requirements
through funding from two research and development limited partnerships, the sale
of private equity securities, the Company's initial public offering of Common
Stock completed in June 1996, a follow-on offering of Common Stock completed in
February 1997 and, to a lesser extent, bank borrowings and equipment leases. As
of October 31, 1997, the Company had $46.2 million in cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments and $81.8 million in working capital.

     Net cash used in operating activities was $0.4 million, $3.6 million and
$12.1 million for fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Increases in
accounts receivable and inventories were $6.2 million and $4.3 million,
respectively, in fiscal 1996 and $18.3 million and $8.0 million, respectively,
in fiscal 1997. During fiscal 1997, accounts receivable increased due to higher
revenues and customer payment delays due to added review on initial sales of
production systems by customer production personnel prior to receivable payment.
This review is sometimes time consuming and precedes receipt of the final
payment amount negotiated as a part of the original purchase agreement.
Subsequent deliveries of similar products usually result in significantly more
rapid collection of final amounts owed. A similar situation can occur with
initial installations at new customer sites as personnel unfamiliar with
Full-Flow systems receive training. Accounts receivable balances are expected to
continue to fluctuate with the volume of shipments of certain products and of
products to new customer sites.


40
<PAGE>

     Purchases of property, plant and equipment were $2.9 million and $4.3
million in fiscal 1996 and 1997, respectively. These expenditures were primarily
related to fit-up of the Company's new leased office facility and acquisition of
an advanced three-dimensional computer-aided design system for use in the
Company's research, development and engineering activities in fiscal 1996 and
for improvements in information systems infrastructure, expansion of the
Company's applications laboratory, additional customer and employee training
facilities and expanded production capacity in fiscal 1997.

     During fiscal 1997, the Company leased an additional 22,000 square feet of
space in a facility in the same industrial park as its owned manufacturing and
leased administrative facilities to house a portion of the Company's production
operations and its customer satisfaction function. The Company also entered into
a lease with a minimum term of 20 years for two facilities, a 60,000 square foot
production facility and a 80,000 square foot office facility, to be built in
Exton, Pennsylvania, approximately 7 miles from the site of the Company's
current operations. The Company intends to retain its owned facility in West
Chester, Pennsylvania for use in manufacturing, customer and employee training
and research and development while moving all other functions to Exton late in
the fall of 1998.

     The Company has a relationship with a commercial bank which includes a
mortgage on the Company's manufacturing facility in the amount of $0.9 million
and a $7.5 million revolving demand line of credit. The mortgage bears interest
at an annual rate of 8.9%. The line of credit is unsecured and borrowings are at
an interest rate equal to such bank's prime rate. There were no borrowings at
October 31, 1997.

     The Company also has mortgage notes payable to the Pennsylvania Industrial
Development Authority in the amount of $0.6 million bearing interest at 2.0% and
to the Chester County Development Council in the amount of $0.1 million bearing
interest at 5.0%. In addition, the Company has outstanding capital lease
obligations in the amount of $1.6 million bearing interest at rates ranging from
7% to 12% per annum.

     The Company had outstanding accounts receivable of approximately $15.1
million and $33.4 million as of October 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. No
allowance for doubtful accounts receivable has been recorded as the Company
believes that all such accounts receivable are fully realizable.

     The Company believes that existing cash balances and its available line of
credit will be sufficient to meet the Company's cash requirements through the
next 12 months. However, depending upon its rate of growth and profitability,
the Company may require additional equity or debt financing to meet its working
capital requirements or capital expenditure needs. There can be no assurance
that additional financing, if needed, will be available when required, or, if
available, will be on terms satisfactory to the Company.



41
<PAGE>

     The discussions above regarding the Company's expectations of future sales,
gross profits, research, development and engineering expenses, selling, general
and administrative expenses, product introductions and cash requirements include
certain forward-looking statements on these subjects. As such, actual results
may vary materially from such expectations. Factors which could cause actual
results to differ from expectations include variations in the level of orders,
which can be affected by general economic conditions and growth rates in
specific geographic areas where the Company may have a concentration of
business, in the semiconductor and FPD manufacturing industries and in the
markets served by the Company's customers, the international economic and
political climates, difficulties or delays in product functionality or
performance, the delivery performance of sole source vendors, the timing of
future product releases, failure to respond adequately to either changes in
technology or customer preferences, changes in pricing by the Company or its
competitors, ability to manage growth, risks of non-payment of accounts
receivable, changes in budgeted costs or failure to realize a successful outcome
to pending patent litigation, all of which constitute significant risks. There
can be no assurance that the Company's results of operations will not be
adversely affected by one of more of these factors.


IMPACT OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     During fiscal 1997, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of " (SFAS No. 121) which requires impairment
losses to be recorded on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of
impairment are present and undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by
those assets are less than the assets carrying amount. SFAS No. 121 also
addresses the accounting for long-lived assets where disposal is expected. The
adoption of SFAS No. 121 did not have any impact on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.

     In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" (SFAS No.128).
SFAS No. 128 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
SFAS No. 128 simplifies the earnings per share (EPS) calculation by replacing
primary EPS with basic EPS and replacing fully diluted EPS with diluted EPS.
Basic EPS is computed by dividing reported earnings available to common
shareholders by the weighted average shares outstanding. Diluted EPS reflects
the potential dilution from the exercise or conversion of securities into common
stock, such as stock options. Early application is prohibited, although footnote
disclosure of pro forma EPS amounts are required. Pro forma basic EPS and
diluted EPS would have been as follows:


42
<PAGE>

                                                            Year Ended
                                                            October 31,
                                                    ---------------------------
                                                     1997      1996        1995
                                                     ----      ----        ----

Pro forma basic earnings per share ............     $ .85      $ .64      $ .37
Pro forma diluted earnings per share ..........     $ .80      $ .61      $ .35
Weighted average common shares outstanding used
  for pro forma basic earnings per share (000)      7,318      4,624      3,802
Dilutive effect of common stock options
  outstanding (000) ...........................       446        207        192
Weighted average common and common
equivalent shares
outstanding used for pro forma
  diluted earnings per share (000) ............     7,764      4,831      3,994


     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, " Reporting Comprehensive Income" (SFAS
No. 130). SFAS No. 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1997. SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for the reporting and display of
comprehensive income in a set of financial statements. Comprehensive income is
defined as the change in net assets of a business enterprise during a period
from transactions generated from non-owner sources. It includes all changes in
equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and
distributions to owners. Management believes that the adoption of SFAS No. 130
will not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 131 "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information" (SFAS No. 131). SFAS No. 131 applies to all
public companies and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
1997. SFAS No. 131 requires that business segment financial information be
reported in the financial statements utilizing the management approach. The
management approach is defined as the manner in which management organizes the
segments within the enterprise for making operating decisions and assessing
performance. Management believes the adoption of SFAS No. 131 will not have a
material impact on the Company's financial statements.


EFFECTS OF INFLATION

     Inflation has not been a material factor affecting the Company's business.


ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     The audited financial statements of the Company appear beginning on Page
F-1 of this report.


ITEM 9.     CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
            AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     None.



43
<PAGE>

                                    PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The information required by this Item will be set forth in the Company's
definitive Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the
fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by
reference to the Proxy Statement.


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The information required by this Item will be set forth in the Company's
definitive Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the
fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by
reference to the Proxy Statement.


ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

     The information required by this Item will be set forth in the Company's
definitive Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the
fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by
reference to the Proxy Statement.


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

     The information required by this Item will be set forth in the Company's
definitive Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the
fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by
reference to the Proxy Statement.




44
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The financial statements and financial statement information required by
this Item are included on pages F-1 through F-22 of this report. The Report of
Independent Public Accountants appears on page F-2 of this report. All other
schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required, or the
information is included elsewhere in the financial statements or notes thereto.


EXHIBITS

      The following is a list of exhibits. Where so indicated by footnote,
exhibits which were previously filed are incorporated by reference. For exhibits
incorporated by reference, the location of the exhibit in the previous filing is
indicated in parentheses.

EXHIBIT
NUMBER
- ------

3.1       Articles of Incorporation of CFM Technologies, Inc., as amended*

3.1.1     Amendment to Articles of Incorporation.**

3.2       By-Laws of CFM Technologies, Inc.*

4.1       Form of Common Stock Certificate.*

4.2       Statement with Respect to Shares filed with the Pennsylvania
          Department of State on May 1, 1997.

10.1      Employment Agreement dated as of January 9, 1995 by and between CFM
          Technologies, Inc. and Lorin Jeffry Randall.*

10.2      Stock Option Agreement dated March 18, 1991 between CFM Technologies,
          Inc. and Burton McGillivray, as extended and amended on June 11,1993
          and as amended on September 25, 1994.*

10.3      Stock Option Agreement dated as of December 9, 1994 by and between CFM
          Technologies,Inc. and Milton Stearns, as amended on November 3, 1995.*

10.4      CFM Technologies, Inc. Annual Profit Sharing Plan.*

10.4.1    Amendment to CFM Technologies, Inc. Annual Profit Sharing Plan.***

10.5      CFM Technologies, Inc. 1992 Employee Stock Option Plan.*

10.6      Amended and Restated CFM Technologies, Inc. 1995 Incentive Plan.****

10.7      Amended and Restated CFM Technologies, Inc. Non-Employee Directors'
          Stock Option Plan.****

10.8      CFM Technologies, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.*

10.9      Rights Agreement dated as of April 24, 1997 between CFM Technologies,
          Inc. and American Stock Transfer and Trust Co., as Rights Agent.*****


45

<PAGE>


10.10     Distributor Agreement dated November 28, 1991 by and between ANAM
          Semiconductor Design Co., Ltd. and CFM Technologies, Incorporated, and
          supplement to the Distributor Agreement dated August 26,1994.*

10.11     Distributor Agreement dated March 3, 1992 by and between Innotech
          Corporation and CFM Technologies, Inc., as modified on June 15,1994.*

10.12     Lease Agreement dated October 10, 1995 by and between Hough/Loew
          Construction, Inc. and CFM Technologies. Inc. and Addendum to Lease
          Agreement dated October 10,1995.*

10.12.1   Amendment Number Two to Lease Agreement dated April 30, 1996 by and
          between and CFM Technologies. Inc. Hough/Loew Construction, Inc.***

10.13     Commercial Lease Agreement dated December 16, 1996 between CFM
          Technologies, Inc. and Devereau Properties, Inc.***

10.13.1   First Amendment to Commercial Lease Agreement dated August 22, 1997
          between CFM Technologies, Inc. and Devereau Properties, Inc.

10.14     Loan Agreement dated July 27, 1994 by and between Chester County
          Development Council("CCDC") and CFM Technologies, Incorporated.*

10.15     $100,000 Mortgage dated as of July 27, 1994, CFM Technologies,
          Incorporated to CCDC.*

10.16     Guaranties dated October 13, 1995 executed by CFMT, Inc. and CFM
          International Corp. in favor of Corestates Bank, N.A. ("CoreStates").*

10.17     Mortgage dated February 16, 1994 between CFM Technologies,
          Incorporated and Corestates.*

10.18     $150,000 Commercial Promissory Note dated September 28, 1994 from CFM
          Technologies, Incorporated to Corestates.*

10.19     $100,000 Commercial Promissory Note dated August 11, 1994 from CFM
          Technologies, Incorporated to Corestates.*

10.20     Assignment of Leases, Rents, Agreements of Sale, Licenses and Permits
          dated February 16, 1994 by CFM Technologies, Inc. to CoreStates.*

10.21     Agent Agreement dated December 16, 1996 between CFM Technologies, Inc.
          and Ampoc Far East Company Limited.***

10.22     Letter Agreement dated March 25, 1996 between CoreStates and CFM
          Technologies, Inc. and $7,500,000 Master Demand Note dated April 1,
          1996 from CFM Technologies, Inc. to CoreStates.*

10.23     Lease Agreement dated July 16, 1997 between CFM Technologies, Inc. and
          CFM Partners (No relationship with CFM Technologies, Inc.).

10.24     Agent Agreement dated April 15, 1997 by and between Aneric Enterprise
          PTE Limited and CFM Technologies, Inc.

10.25     Agent Agreement dated October 29, 1997 by and between Silicon
          International Ltd. and CFM Technologies, Inc.

11        Statement re computation of per share earnings.

21        Subsidiaries of the Registrant.


46

<PAGE>

23.1      Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

27        Financial Data Schedule.

- -----------

*       Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement
        Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-80359) declared effective on June 18,
        1996.

**      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement
        dated and filed on February 13, 1997.

***     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
        Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-20325), filed on January 24, 1996, and
        the Amendment No. 1 to such Registration Statement filed on January 27,
        1996.

****    Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
        10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 1997.

*****   Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
        Form 8-A filed on April 24, 1997.


REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     The Company filed no reports on Form 8-K during the quarter ended October
31, 1997.



47
<PAGE>


                  INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31, 1997 and 1996 .............F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended                   
      October 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 ...................................F-4

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended     
      October 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995....................................F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended               
      October 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 ...................................F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..............................F-7
                                                                     


F-1
<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To CFM Technologies, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CFM
Technologies, Inc. (a Pennsylvania corporation) and subsidiaries as of October
31, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of income,
shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended October 31, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of CFM Technologies, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of October 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
October 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                               Arthur Andersen LLP


Philadelphia, Pa.,
December 12, 1997


<PAGE>

                  CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                       OCTOBER 31,   OCTOBER 31,
                                                          1997          1996
                                                          ----          ----
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
                     ASSETS                           
CURRENT ASSETS:
    Cash and cash equivalents ..................      $  26,865       $   9,308
    Short-term investments .....................         19,316           2,946
    Accounts receivable ........................         33,392          15,090
    Inventories ................................         16,081           8,047
    Prepaid expenses and other .................          1,709             362
    Deferred income taxes ......................          1,371             641
                                                      ---------       ---------
       Total current assets ....................         98,734          36,394
                                                      ---------       ---------
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
    Land .......................................            540             540
    Building and improvements ..................          3,782           3,180
    Machinery and equipment ....................          8,106           4,075
    Furniture and fixtures .....................          1,337             934
                                                      ---------       ---------
                                                         13,765           8,729
    Less - Accumulated depreciation and
       amortization ............................         (3,562)         (1,268)
                                                      ---------       ---------
         Net property, plant and equipment .....         10,203           7,461
                                                      ---------       ---------
OTHER ASSETS ...................................            559             396
                                                      ---------       ---------
                                                      $ 109,496       $  44,251
                                                      =========       =========

      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
    Current portion of long-term debt ..........      $     617       $     489
    Accounts payable ...........................          7,709           4,929
    Accrued expenses ...........................          8,612           3,451
                                                      ---------       ---------
        Total current liabilities ..............         16,938           8,869
                                                      ---------       ---------
LONG-TERM DEBT .................................          2,571           2,525
                                                      ---------       ---------
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES ..........................            119             146
                                                      ---------       ---------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 16)

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
    Preferred stock, no par value; 1,000,000
      authorized shares; no shares issued or
      outstanding ..............................           --              --
    Common stock, no par value; 30,000,000
      authorized shares; 7,913,588 and 6,052,924
      shares issued and outstanding ............         80,762          29,592
    Deferred compensation ......................           (235)           --
    Retained earnings ..........................          9,341           3,119
                                                      ---------       ---------
        Total shareholders' equity .............         89,868          32,711
                                                      ---------       ---------
                                                      $ 109,496       $  44,251
                                                      =========       =========

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


F-3
<PAGE>

                     CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                 YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,
                                         -------------------------------------
                                          1997            1996          1995
                                          ----            ----          ----
                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

NET SALES ........................      $ 75,772       $ 44,013       $ 23,430
COST OF SALES ....................        40,072         23,317         13,463
                                        --------       --------       --------
     Gross profit ................        35,700         20,696          9,967
                                        --------       --------       --------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Research, development and
    engineering ..................         9,334          4,375          1,717
  Selling, general and
    administrative ...............        19,360         11,679          5,972
                                        --------       --------       --------
     Total operating expenses ....        28,694         16,054          7,689
                                        --------       --------       --------
     Operating income ............         7,006          4,642          2,278

INTEREST (INCOME) ................        (2,163)          (271)           (72)
INTEREST EXPENSE .................           281            428            245
                                        --------       --------       --------
  Income before income taxes .....         8,888          4,485          2,105
INCOME TAXES .....................         2,666          1,525            703
                                        --------       --------       --------
NET INCOME .......................      $  6,222       $  2,960       $  1,402
                                        ========       ========       ========
NET INCOME PER SHARE .............      $   0.80       $   0.61       $   0.35
                                        ========       ========       ========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON AND COMMON
  EQUIVALENT SHARES ..............         7,764          4,831          3,994
                                        ========       ========       ========











  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.



F-4

<PAGE>

                     CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             DEFERRED    RETAINED
                                          COMMON STOCK       COMPEN-     EARNINGS
                                        SHARES    AMOUNT     SATION      (DEFICIT)    TOTAL
                                        ------    ------     ------      ---------    -----
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                      <C>     <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>    
BALANCE, OCTOBER 31, 1994 ..........     3,393   $ 6,352     $   --      $(1,243)   $ 5,109
                                                                      
  Common stock issued for services .         2        15         --         --           15
                                                                      
  Exchange of common stock for                                        
    Partnership Interests ..........       408     3,249         --         --        3,249
                                                                      
  Net income .......................      --        --           --        1,402      1,402
                                         -----   -------     -------     -------    -------
BALANCE, OCTOBER 31, 1995 ..........     3,803     9,616         --          159      9,775
                                                                      
  Proceeds from sale of common           2,250    19,976         --         --       19,976
    stock, net                                                            
  Net income .......................      --        --           --        2,960      2,960
                                         -----   -------     -------     -------    -------
BALANCE, OCTOBER 31, 1996 ..........     6,053    29,592         --        3,119     32,711
                                                                      
  Proceeds from sale of common                                        
    stock, net .....................     1,751    49,288         --         --       49,288
  Proceeds from exercise of                                           
    stock options...................        96       545         --         --          545
  Tax benefit from exercise of stock                                  
    options ........................      --         764         --         --          764
  Deferred compensation charge .....      --         317        (317)       --         --
  Amortization of deferred                                            
   compensation.....................      --        --            82        --           82
  Common stock issued under                                           
    Employee Stock Purchase Plan ...        14       256         --         --          256
  Net income .......................      --        --           --        6,222      6,222
                                         -----   -------     -------     -------    -------
BALANCE, OCTOBER 31, 1997 ..........     7,914   $80,762     $  (235)    $ 9,341    $89,868
                                         =====   =======     =======     =======    =======
                                                                     

</TABLE>






  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


F-5
<PAGE>


                  CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Year Ended October 31,
                                                         ----------------------------------------
                                                            1997            1996           1995
                                                            ----            ----           ----
                                                                       (In thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>            <C>     
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
    Net income .....................................      $  6,222       $  2,960       $  1,402
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
      used in operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization ................         2,317            881            224
      Deferred compensation ........................            82           --             --
      Deferred income tax benefit ..................          (757)           (41)          (251)
      (Increase) in:
        Accounts receivable ........................       (18,302)        (6,204)        (2,887)
        Inventories ................................        (8,034)        (4,347)          (358)
        Prepaid expenses and other .................        (1,347)          (178)           (12)
        Other assets ...............................          (186)           (59)           (94)
      Increase in:
        Accounts payable ...........................         2,780          2,392          1,044
        Accrued expenses ...........................         5,161            963            567
                                                          --------       --------       --------
          Net cash used in operating activities ....       (12,064)        (3,633)          (365)
                                                          --------       --------       --------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
    Purchases of short-term investments ............       (44,245)        (4,366)          --
    Proceeds from short-term investments ...........        27,875          1,420           --
    Purchases of property, plant and equipment .....        (4,286)        (2,891)        (1,311)
                                                          --------       --------       --------
          Net cash used in investing activities ....       (20,656)        (5,837)        (1,311)
                                                          --------       --------       --------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
    Payments on long-term debt .....................          (576)        (1,606)          (388)
    Proceeds from long-term debt ...................          --             --            1,241
    Proceeds from sale of common stock, net ........        49,544         19,976            125
    Proceeds from exercise of stock options ........           545           --             --
    Tax benefits from exercise of stock options ....           764           --             --
                                                          --------       --------       --------
        Net cash provided by financing activities ..        50,277         18,370            978
                                                          --------       --------       --------

NET INCREASE(DECREASE)IN CASH
  AND CASH EQUIVALENTS .............................        17,557          8,900           (698)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD .....         9,308            408          1,106
                                                          --------       --------       --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD ...........      $ 26,865       $  9,308       $    408
                                                          ========       ========       ========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
    Cash paid for interest expense .................      $    284       $    444       $    197
    Cash received for interest income ..............         1,975            251             72
    Cash paid for income taxes .....................         2,031          1,949            730
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH
  INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Machinery acquired under capital leases .......      $    750       $  1,041       $    398
     Common stock issued for Partnership interests .          --             --            3,249
     Common stock issued for services ..............          --             --               15


</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


F-6
<PAGE>


                   CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS:

     CFM Technologies, Inc. (the Company) designs, manufactures and markets
advanced wet processing equipment for sale to the worldwide semiconductor and
flat panel display industries.

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Principles of Consolidation

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and
transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

     The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Short-term
investments are carried at amortized cost which equals market value. The
investments have various maturity dates which do not exceed one year. All of the
Company's short-term investments are classified as available for sale pursuant
to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" (SFAS 115). Therefore any unrealized
holding gains or losses would be presented as a separate component of
shareholders' equity. At October 31, 1997 and 1996, there were no material
unrealized holding gains or losses. The gross proceeds from sales and maturities
of investments were $27,875,000 and $1,420,000 for the years ended October 31,
1997 and 1996. Gross realized gains and losses for the years ended October 31,
1997 and 1996 were not material. For the purpose of determining gross realized
gains and losses, the cost of securities sold is based upon specific
identification.


F-7
<PAGE>



     Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments consisted of the
following:

                                                        October 31,
                                                ----------------------------
                                                   1997              1996
                                                   ----              ----
Cash and cash equivalents:
      Municipal and government securities.      $17,402,000      $      --
      Money market funds and demand
         accounts ........................             --          4,257,000
      Commercial paper ...................        5,283,000          495,000
      Repurchase agreements ..............        4,180,000        4,556,000
                                                -----------      -----------
                                                $26,865,000      $ 9,308,000
                                                ===========      ===========

Short-term investments:
       Municipal and government securities      $15,684,000      $      --
       Commercial paper ..................        3,632,000        1,472,000
       Mortgage-backed government
         securities ......................             --          1,474,000
                                                -----------      -----------
                                                $19,316,000      $ 2,946,000
                                                ===========      ===========

Inventories

     Inventories are valued at the lower of first-in, first-out cost or market.

Property, Plant and Equipment

     Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Significant
improvements are capitalized and expenditures for maintenance and repairs are
charged to expense as incurred. Upon the sale or retirement of these assets, the
cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any
gain or loss is included in income.

     Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line method
based on the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

     Building and improvements ..................      5-40 years
     Machinery and equipment ....................      3-10 years
     Furniture and fixtures .....................      5-10 years


     Depreciation and amortization expense was $2,294,000, $862,000 and $207,000
in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

     Net sales are generally recognized upon shipment of the system and, if
recognized prior to shipment, upon completion of customer inspection or
acceptance where risk of loss is transferred to the customer. The estimated
costs of system installation and warranty are accrued when the related sale is
recognized.




F-8
<PAGE>



Research, Development and Engineering Expenses

     Research, development and engineering expenses are charged to expense as
incurred. Research, development and engineering expenses were net of
reimbursement of $890,000, $1,592,000 and $232,000 in fiscal 1997, 1996 and
1995, respectively.

     Engineering expenses consist of personnel and material costs related to the
development of new products and the integration of existing products into
application-specific systems.

Income Taxes

     The Company accounts for income taxes under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" (SFAS No. 109). SFAS
No. 109 requires the liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference
between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities.
Deferred tax assets or liabilities at the end of each period are determined
using the tax rate expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or
recovered.

Concentration of Credit Risk

     Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration
of credit risk are accounts receivable. The Company's customer base principally
comprises companies within the semiconductor industry, which historically has
been volatile. The Company does not require collateral from its customers.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     The Company's financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash
equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable,
accrued expenses and debt instruments. The book values of cash and cash
equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and
accrued expenses are considered to be representative of their respective fair
values. None of the Company's debt instruments that are outstanding as of
October 31, 1997 have readily ascertainable market values; however, the carrying
values are considered to approximate their respective fair values. See Note 7
for the terms and carrying values of the Company's various debt instruments.

Net Income Per Share

     Net income per common share was calculated by dividing net income by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the respective period
adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents, which consist of
stock options using the treasury stock method. Pursuant to the requirements of
the Securities and Exchange Commission, common stock issued by the Company
during the twelve months immediately preceding the initial public offering in
June 1996, plus the number of common equivalent shares which became issuable
during the same period pursuant to the grant of common stock options, have


F-9
<PAGE>


been included in the calculation of the shares used in computing net income per
share for fiscal 1996 and 1995 as if they were outstanding for all periods
presented (using the treasury stock method and the initial public offering price
of $10.00 per share).

New Accounting Pronouncements

     During fiscal 1997, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of "(SFAS No. 121) which requires impairment
losses to be recorded on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of
impairment are present and undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by
those assets are less than the assets carrying amount. SFAS No. 121 also
addresses the accounting for long-lived assets where disposal is expected. The
adoption of SFAS No. 121 did not have any impact on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.

     In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" (SFAS No.128).
SFAS No. 128 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
SFAS No. 128 simplifies the earnings per share (EPS) calculation by replacing
primary EPS with basic EPS and replacing fully diluted EPS with diluted EPS.
Basic EPS is computed by dividing reported earnings available to common
shareholders by the weighted average shares outstanding. Diluted EPS reflects
the potential dilution from the exercise or conversion of securities into common
stock, such as stock options. Early application is prohibited, although footnote
disclosure of pro forma EPS amounts are required. Pro forma basic EPS and
diluted EPS would have been as follows:

                                                           Year Ended
                                                           October 31,
                                                  ----------------------------
                                                    1997      1996        1995
                                                    ----      ----        ----

Pro forma basic earnings per share ............    $ .85      $ .64      $ .37

Pro forma diluted earnings per share ..........    $ .80      $ .61      $ .35

Weighted average common shares outstanding used
  for pro forma basic earnings per share (000)     7,318      4,624      3,802

Dilutive effect of common stock options
  outstanding (000) ...........................      446        207        192

Weighted average common and common equivalent
  shares outstanding used for pro forma diluted
  earnings per share (000) ....................    7,764      4,831      3,994


     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 130 " Reporting Comprehensive Income" (SFAS
No. 130). SFAS No. 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1997. SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for the reporting and display of
comprehensive income in a set of financial statements. Comprehensive income is
defined as the change in net assets of a business enterprise during a period
from transactions generated from non-owner sources. It includes all changes in
equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and
distributions to owners. Management believes that the adoption of SFAS No. 130
will not have a material impact on the financial statements.


F-10
<PAGE>


     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 131 "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information" (SFAS No. 131). SFAS No. 131 applies to all
public companies and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
1997. SFAS No. 131 requires that business segment financial information be
reported in the financial statements utilizing the management approach. The
management approach is defined as the manner in which management organizes the
segments within the enterprise for making operating decisions and assessing
performance. Management believes that the adoption of SFAS No. 131 will not have
a material impact on the financial statements.

     Reclassifications

     Certain reclassifications of previously reported balances have been made to
conform with the current year classification of such balances.


3.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE:
                                                            October 31,
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                       1997            1996
                                                       ----            ----

Billed...........................................  $21,944,000     $10,558,000

Unbilled.........................................   11,448,000       4,532,000
                                                   -----------     -----------
                                                   $33,392,000     $15,090,000
                                                   ===========     ===========

     Unbilled receivables represent final retainage amounts to be billed upon
completion of the installation process.

     As of October 31, 1997 the Company had outstanding accounts receivable
totaling $10,939,000 from one customer who purchased several of the Company's
systems for Korean installations.

     No allowance for doubtful accounts receivable has been recorded because the
Company believes that all such accounts receivable are fully realizable.



F-11
<PAGE>


4.  INVENTORIES:
                                                            October 31,
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                        1997            1996
                                                        ----            ----

Raw material.....................................  $ 8,373,000      $4,267,000
Work in progress.................................    7,708,000       3,780,000
                                                   -----------      ----------
                                                   $16,081,000      $8,047,000
                                                   ===========      ==========
                                                 
5.  LINE OF CREDIT:

     The Company has a $7,500,000 unsecured demand line of credit with a bank.
The line of credit agreement does not have a stated maturity or expiration date;
however, outstanding borrowings are due upon demand by the bank. Interest is
charged at the bank's prime rate and was 8.25% and 8.75% at October 31, 1997 and
1996, respectively. The line also provides for the issuance of letters of
credit. As of October 31, 1997 and 1996, the Company had no borrowings on the
line. The line of credit requires the Company to maintain certain financial and
other covenants, including a minimum tangible net worth and minimum cash flow to
debt service coverage ratio.


6.  ACCRUED EXPENSES:

                                                          October 31,
                                                   ------------------------
                                                      1997           1996
                                                      ----           ----
Warranty and installation costs..............      $2,277,000    $1,069,000
Payroll and payroll related..................       1,932,000     1,010,000
Accrued commissions .........................       3,080,000     1,004,000
Other..........................................     1,323,000       368,000
                                                   ----------    ----------
                                                   $8,612,000    $3,451,000
                                                   ==========    ==========


F-12

<PAGE>


7.  LONG-TERM DEBT:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     October 31,
                                                                            ----------------------------
                                                                                1997           1996
                                                                                ----           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>       
Mortgage note payable to bank, payable in monthly installments of $6,250
   plus interest at 8.9% through February 2009, collateralized by land
   and building ......................................................      $  850,000     $   925,000
                                                                           
Mortgage note payable to Pennsylvania Industrial Development Authority     
   (PIDA), payable in monthly installments of $4,363 including interest    
   at 2% through August 2009, collateralized by land and building.......       551,000         592,000
                                                                           
Mortgage note payable to Chester County Development Council, payable in    
   monthly installments of $1,067 including interest at 5% through         
   August 2004, collateralized by land and building.....................        74,000          82,000
                                                                           
Term notes payable to bank, payable in monthly installments of $5,834      
   plus interest at the bank's prime rate plus 1% through August 1999,     
   collateralized by certain assets.....................................       123,000         194,000
                                                                           
Capitalized lease obligations, lease periods expiring at various dates     
   through 2002, interest rates range from 7% to 12%, collateralized by    
   the leased assets....................................................     1,590,000       1,221,000
                                                                           -----------      ----------
                                                                            33,188,000       3,014,000
                                                                           
 Less - Current portion ................................................      (617,000)       (489,000)
                                                                           ------------     ----------
                                                                           $ 2,571,000      $2,525,000
                                                                           ===========      ==========
                                                                        
</TABLE>


F-13
<PAGE>

     Maturities of long-term debt as of October 31, 1997 are as follows:


    FISCAL YEAR
    -----------
        1998.......................$  617,000
        1999 ......................   610,000
        2000 ......................   534,000
        2001 ......................   422,000
        2002 ......................   159,000
        2003 and therefter ........   846,000
                                   ----------
                                   $3,188,000
                                   ==========

     The mortgage note due to PIDA contains certain financial covenants, the
most restrictive of which requires minimum levels of shareholders' equity.

     The Company leases machinery and equipment and furniture and fixtures under
capital leases expiring in various years through 2002. The assets and
liabilities under these leases are recorded at the lower of the present value of
the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the asset. The assets are
depreciated over their estimated useful lives since ownership will transfer upon
lease expiration. The net book value of equipment under capitalized lease
obligations as of October 31, 1997 is $1,494,000. The minimum lease payments,
including interest, under the capital lease obligations as of October 31, 1997
are $545,000, $496,000, $437,000, $292,000 and $16,000 for fiscal 1998, 1999,
2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively.


8.  RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS:

     In 1984 and 1985, the Company entered into research and development
agreements with two related party limited partnerships (the Partnerships), in
which the Company was the general partner. A significant number of the
individuals who were limited partners were also significant shareholders of the
Company. Due to this related party relationship, the cash that was paid by the
Partnerships to the Company was recorded as an obligation due to the
Partnerships and interest was accrued thereon. In April 1987 and September 1988,
the Company exercised its purchase options to acquire the Partnerships'
technologies, which resulted in an aggregate liability of $2,184,000. The
obligation due to the Partnerships increased by scheduled amounts which
aggregated $5,030,000 through October 31, 1994 and were recorded as interest
expense. In fiscal 1994, $728,000 of interest expense was recorded. The Company
made payments to the Partnerships of $1,612,000 on a cumulative basis through
October 31, 1994. As of October 31, 1994, deferred taxes of $2,353,000 were
recorded for differences in financial statement and income tax reporting with
respect to this obligation. On November 1, 1994, the Company exchanged 408,339
shares of its common stock for the assets of the Partnerships, which consisted
primarily of the Company's obligation to the Partnerships. The fair value of
these common shares approximated the obligation due to the Partnerships, net of
tax. Accordingly, no gain or loss was recognized as a result of this
transaction.


F-14
<PAGE>


9.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

     On April 17, 1997, the Company's Board of Directors adopted a Shareholder
Rights Plan designed to protect the Company's shareholders in the event of an
attempt to acquire control of the Company on terms which do not deal fairly with
all of the Company's shareholders. Terms of the Rights Plan provide for a
dividend distribution of one right for each share of Common Stock to holders of
record at the close of business on May 9, 1997. The rights will become
exercisable only in the event, with certain exceptions, an acquiring party
accumulates, or announces an offer to acquire, 20% or more of the Company's
Common Stock. The rights will expire on April 24, 2007. Each right will entitle
the holder to buy one one-hundredth of a share of a new series of preferred
stock at a price of $180. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events,
holders of the rights will be entitled to purchase either Company stock or
shares in an "acquiring entity" at half of market value. The Company will
generally be entitled to redeem the rights at $.001 per right at any time until
the tenth day following the acquisition of 20% of its Common Stock.

     On February 19, 1997, the Company consummated a follow-on public offering
of its Common Stock. The Company sold 1,750,500 (including the underwriters'
over-allotment) shares of its Common Stock, no par value, at an offering price
of $30.00 per share. After deducting the underwriters' discount and other
offering expenses, the net proceeds to the Company were $49,288,000.

     On June 21, 1996, the Company consummated an initial public offering of its
Common Stock. The Company sold 2,249,661 (including the underwriters'
over-allotment) shares of its Common Stock, no par value, at an initial public
offering price of $10.00 per share. After deducting the underwriters' discount
and other offering expenses, the net proceeds to the Company were $19,976,000.

     On December 19, 1995, the Company's Board of Directors adopted, and on
January 3, 1996, the Company's shareholders approved the Employee Stock Purchase
Plan (Purchase Plan). The Purchase Plan allows eligible employees to purchase up
to 300,000 shares of common stock at the lower of 85% of the fair market value
of the stock on the first or last day of the applicable six month purchase
period. Eligible employees were able to participate in the Purchase Plan
beginning on October 1, 1996 through payroll withholding of up to $500 per pay
period. As of October 31, 1997 and 1996, employee withholdings included in
accrued expenses were $42,000 and $10,000, respectively. During fiscal 1997,
13,829 shares of Common Stock were issued under the Purchase Plan. No shares
were issued under the Purchase Plan as of October 31, 1996.


10. STOCK OPTIONS:

     The Company has a stock option plan (the 1992 Plan) whereby 409,163 common
shares were issued to key management personnel, directors and consultants at
exercise prices not less than fair market value. The options have vesting terms
set by the Executive Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board of
Directors and expire 10 years after the date of grant.



F-15
<PAGE>


     On December 19,1995, the Company's Board of Directors adopted, and on
January 3, 1996, the Company's shareholders approved, the 1995 Incentive Plan
(Incentive Plan) and the Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan (Directors'
Plan). The Incentive Plan and the Directors' Plan authorized the granting of up
to 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock or options to purchase Common Stock to
Company employees and up to 150,000 options to purchase Common Stock to
non-employee directors, respectively. The Company will not grant any additional
options under the 1992 Plan.

     The following table summarizes stock option activity:

                                                                     Weighted
                                                      Range of       Average
                                                      Exercise       Exercise
                                      Number of      Prices Per      Price Per
                                       Shares          Share          Share
                                       ------          -----          -----
Options outstanding at
  October 31, 1994...............      399,163     $ 0.24-$7.52       $2.73

    Granted .....................      207,087         7.52            7.52
                                     ---------
Options outstanding at
  October 31, 1995...............      606,250      0.24-7.52          4.36

    Granted .....................      139,905      7.52-10.75         8.30
    Canceled ....................         (832)        7.52            7.52
                                     ---------
Options outstanding at
  October 31, 1996...............      745,323      0.24-10.75         5.10

    Granted .....................      401,600     18.25-38.625       21.01
    Exercised ...................      (96,335)     2.41-18.25         5.66
    Canceled ....................      (11,480)     7.52-18.25         9.18
                                     ---------
Options outstanding at
  October 31, 1997...............    1,039,108    $0.24-$38.625      $11.14
                                     =========



F-16
<PAGE>


     The following table summarizes information regarding stock options
outstanding at October 31, 1997:

                       Options Outstanding                  Options Exercisable
              ----------------------------------------    ----------------------
                              Weighted      Weighted
                              Average       Average
                 Number      Remaining      Exercise         Number    Weighted
Range of      Outstanding   Contractual      Price        Exercisable   Average
Exercise        at October    Life in         Per         at October   Exercise
 Prices         31, 1997       Years         Share         31, 1997      Price
 ------         --------       -----         -----         --------      -----
          
$ 0.24              3,327      4.2          $ 0.24            3,327      $ 0.24
$ 2.41            330,053      5.1          $ 2.41          326,312      $ 2.41
$ 7.52            232,678      7.9          $ 7.52          132,787      $ 7.52
$ 9.00-$10.75      73,250      8.9          $ 9.18           17,131      $ 9.26
$ 18.25           313,400      9.2          $18.25           44,700      $18.25
$ 20.19-$28.00     28,000      9.7          $24.18             --           --
$ 30.00-$34.31     12,800      9.6          $31.69              250      $31.38
$ 36.13-$38.63     45,600      9.7          $36.29             --           --
                                         

     As of October 31, 1997, there were 636,766 stock options available for
grant under the Company's stock option plans.

     The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees" and the related interpretations in accounting for
its stock option plans. The disclosure requirements of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123 "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" (SFAS No.
123) were adopted by the Company in fiscal 1997. Had compensation cost for
options granted during fiscal 1997 and 1996 under the stock option plans, as
well as the Common Stock issued under the Purchase Plan (see Note 9), been
determined based upon the fair value of the options and Common Stock at the date
of grant, as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, the Company's pro forma net income and
pro forma net income per share would have been reduced to the following amounts:

                                               YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,
                                           -----------------------------
                                              1997               1996
                                              ----               ----
           Net income ..................   $6,222,000        $2,960,000
           Pro forma net income ........    5,369,000         2,843,000
           Net income per share ........          .80               .61
           Pro forma net income per
             share .....................          .69               .59


     The weighted average fair value of each stock option granted during the
years ended October 31, 1997 and 1996 was $13.36 and $4.65, respectively. As of
October 31, 1997, the weighted average remaining contractual life of each stock
option outstanding was 7.4 years. The weighted average remaining contractual
life of each stock option granted during the years ended October 31, 1997 and
1996 was 9.6 and 8.9 years, respectively. The fair value of each option grant is
estimated on the date of grant using the Black - Scholes option pricing model
with the following weighted average assumptions:


F-17
<PAGE>


                                                    Year Ended October 31,
                                                  --------------------------
                                                    1997            1996
                                                    ----            ----

Risk - free interest rate .......................   6.26%           5.98%

Expected dividend yield .........................     --             --

Expected life ................................... 5.5 years      5.5 years

Expected volatility .............................    53%            53%

     Because additional option grants are expected to be made each year, the
above pro forma disclosures are not representative of pro forma effects of
reported net income for future years.

     In fiscal 1997, the Company granted 56,000 stock options to an employee and
certain consultants for which the Company has recorded deferred compensation
based upon the difference between the deemed value for accounting purposes of
the Company's Common Stock and the exercise price per share on the date of
option grant. The deferred compensation balance will be amortized as
compensation expense over the option vesting periods which range from 1 to 4
years.


     11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

     The Company has a defined contribution retirement plan for the benefit of
eligible employees. Management believes that the plan qualifies under Section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan provides for matching
contributions by the Company at a discretionary percentage of eligible pre-tax
contributions by the employee. Matching contributions by the Company were
$226,000, $107,000 and $68,000 for the years ended October 31, 1997, 1996 and
1995, respectively.

     In fiscal 1995, the Company established a profit-sharing plan for the
benefit of eligible employees. The plan provides for a target contribution of
approximately 2% of total planned salaries and wages, with actual payments based
upon the achievement of certain of annual performance results. The Company
recorded profit sharing expense of $175,000, $150,000 and $65,000 for the years
ended October 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.



     12. OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     The Company recorded commission expense in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995 of
$3,948,000, $2,444,000 and $282,000, respectively, which related to commissions
payable to a distributor who is also a shareholder of the Company. Commissions
payable to this distributor included in accrued expenses as of October 31, 1997
and 1996 were $2,586,000 and $959,000, respectively. The distributor is
controlled by an individual who is a director of the Company. The Company also
recorded net sales in fiscal 1997 of $6,760,000 to a semiconductor company
controlled by a director of the Company.



F-18
<PAGE>



13.   INCOME TAXES:

            The components of income before income taxes are as follows:

                                        Year Ended October 31,
                            -------------------------------------------
                               1997              1996             1995
                               ----              ----             ----
Domestic .................  $7,729,000       $4,363,000        $2,105,000
Foreign ..................   1,159,000          122,000                --
                            ----------       ----------        ----------
                            $8,888,000       $4,485,000        $2,105,000
                            ==========       ==========        ==========
                                        

        The components of the income tax provision are as follows:

                                                    Year Ended October 31,
                                        --------------------------------------- 
                                           1997           1996          1995
                                           ----           ----          ----
Current:
     Federal..........................  $2,936,000    $1,451,000      $937,000
     Foreign .........................     412,000        42,000            --
     State............................      75,000        73,000        17,000
                                        ----------    ----------      --------
                                         3,423,000     1,566,000       954,000
                                        ----------    ----------      --------

     Federal..........................    (732,000)      (12,000)     (244,000)
     Foreign .........................          --            --            --
     State............................     (25,000)      (29,000)       (7,000)
                                        ----------    ----------      --------
                                          (757,000)      (41,000)     (251,000)
                                        ----------    ----------      --------
                                        $2,666,000    $1,525,000      $703,000
                                        ==========    ==========      ========

     Income tax expense differs from the amount currently payable because
certain expenses, primarily depreciation and accruals, are reported in different
periods for financial reporting and income tax purposes.


     The federal statutory income tax rate is reconciled to the effective income
tax rate as follows:


                                                    Year Ended October 31,
                                                  --------------------------
                                                   1997      1996      1995
                                                   ----      ----      ----
Federal statutory rate .......................     34.0%     34.0%     34.0%
State income taxes, net of
  federal benefit ............................      0.4       0.6       0.5
Foreign and U.S. tax effects attributable
  to Foreign operations ......................     (4.9)     (1.3)     (1.0)
Research and development credit ..............     (0.3)     (0.2)     (1.4)
Other ........................................      0.8       0.9       1.3
                                                  -----     -----     -----
                                                   30.0%     34.0%     33.4%
                                                  =====     =====     ===== 


F-19
<PAGE>



     The components of the net current and long-term deferred tax assets and
liabilities, measured under SFAS No. 109, are as follows:

                                                      October 31,
                                             -----------------------------
                                                 1997             1996
                                              -----------     -----------
Deferred tax assets-
     Inventories..........................    $   92,000        $103,000
     Warranty and installation accrual....       683,000         342,000
     Other................................       596,000         196,000
                                              ----------        --------
                                               1,371,000         641,000
Deferred tax liability-
     Depreciation.........................      (119,000)       (146,000)
                                              ----------        --------
          Net deferred tax asset..........    $1,252,000        $495,000
                                              ==========        ========

     14. CUSTOMER AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION:

     The Company's operations are conducted in one business segment. Export net
sales were $49,019,000, $27,789,000 and $12,102,000 in fiscal 1997, 1996 and
1995, respectively. Export net sales to Europe and East Asia were $13,427,000
and $35,592,000 in fiscal 1997, $13,140,000 and $14,649,000 in fiscal 1996 and
$10,099,000 and $2,003,000 in fiscal 1995, respectively.



      The following table summarizes significant customers with net sales in
excess of 10% of net sales:

                                             Year Ended October 31,
                                    ---------------------------------------
    CUSTOMER                            1997           1996         1995
    --------                        -----------    -----------   ----------

   A ..........................     $16,100,000    $12,828,000   $    *

   B ..........................       8,534,000         *         2,490,000

   C ..........................        *            11,149,000    5,287,000

   D ..........................        *             8,361,000       *

   E ..........................        *             4,762,000       *

   F ..........................        *                *         3,075,000

   G ..........................        *                *         4,041,000

- ----------

*    Net sales less than 10% of net sales



F-20
<PAGE>

     15. SUPPLIER CONCENTRATION:

     The Company relies to a substantial extent on outside vendors to
manufacture and supply many of the components and subassemblies used in the
Company's systems. Certain of these are obtained from a sole supplier or a
limited group of suppliers, many of which are small, independent companies.
Moreover, the Company believes that certain of these components and
subassemblies can only be obtained from its current suppliers. The Company's
reliance on outside vendors generally, and on sole suppliers in particular,
involves several risks, including a potential inability to obtain an adequate
supply of required components and reduced control over pricing, timely delivery
and quality of components.


     16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     In fiscal 1995, the Company entered into a non-cancelable lease with an
expiration date in November 2000 and annual rental payments of $548,000 per year
for office facilities.

     In fiscal 1997, the Company entered into a non-cancelable agreement to
lease a 60,000 square foot production facility and an 80,000 square foot office
facility to be built for the Company in Exton, Pennsylvania. The operating lease
has an initial term of 20 years and minimum annual rental payments of $1,482,250
for each year of the initial term. Options to extend the term of the lease for a
total of 9.5 additional years at minimum annual rental payments of not more than
$1,518,037 and a subsequent additional 5.5 years at fair market value are
included in the lease. Occupancy will be late in fiscal 1998, at which time the
monthly rentals begin.


     Future minimum rental payments as of October 31, 1997 on these leases are
as follows:


        FISCAL YEAR
        -----------
        
        1998 ............................  $   938,000      
        1999 ............................    2,030,000     
        2000 ............................    2,030,000     
        2001 ............................    1,528,000     
        2002 ............................    1,482,000     
        Thereafter ......................   23,519,000


     Historically a significant portion of the Company's sales have been from
customers outside of the United States, including East Asia. Recently, the
currencies and economies of certain Asian countries came under pressure, some of
these Asian countries subsequently experienced currency devaluation, received
external support and agreed to certain economic reorganization programs
anticipated to reduce growth and credit demand. Management believes that the
recent economic events in Asian countries will not impact the Company's
financial position or results of operations as of October 31, 1997.



F-21
<PAGE>



     The Company has asserted certain of its patent rights against two
defendants and is the defendant in another matter seeking a declaratory judgment
of patent noninfringement and invalidity, each matter pertaining to U.S. Letters
Patent No. 4,911,761. The United States District Court for the District of
Delaware granted a summary judgment in one matter wherein the Company is the
plaintiff and the Company has filed for reargument. On December 12, 1997 a jury,
following trial in the United States District Court for the District of
Delaware, found the subject patent valid and enforceable on all asserted claims
and found the defendant to have willfully infringed on all asserted claims. Some
of the claims in the matter seeking declaratory judgment have been dismissed for
lack of jurisdiction, a finding which is under appeal. Although management
believes that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material
negative impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations,
there can be no assurance in that regard.



F-22

<PAGE>


                                  SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.



                              CFM Technologies, Inc.


                              By: /s/  ROGER A. CAROLIN
                                  ------------------------------------------
                                       Roger A. Carolin
                                       President and Chief Executive Officer


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has
been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the
capacities and on the date indicated.

      SIGNATURE                       TITLE                         DATE
      ---------                       -----                         ----
                                
/S/  CHRISTOPHER F. MCCONNELL   Chairman of the Board         January 27, 1998
- -----------------------------   of Directors
                                
                                
                                
/S/  ROGER A. CAROLIN           President, Chief Executive    January 27, 1998
- -----------------------------   Officer and Director
                                (Principal Executive
                                Officer)
                                
/S/  LORIN J. RANDALL           Vice President, Chief         January 27, 1998
- -----------------------------   Financial Officer,
                                Treasurer and Secretary
                                (Principal Financial
                                Officer and Principal
                                Accounting Officer)
                                
/S/  JAMES KIM                  Director                      January 27, 1998
- -----------------------------
                                
/S/  BRAD MATTSON               Director                      January 27, 1998
- -----------------------------
                                
/S/  BURTON E. MCGILLIVRAY      Director                      January 27, 1998
- -----------------------------    
                                
/S/  MILTON S. STEARNS, JR.     Director                      January 27, 1998
- -----------------------------   
                              


F-23
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


EXHIBIT
NUMBER                        DESCRIPTION
- ------                        -----------

3.1     Articles of Incorporation of CFM Technologies, Inc., as amended*

3.1.1   Amendment to Articles of Incorporation.**

3.2     By-Laws of CFM Technologies, Inc.*

4.1     Form of Common Stock Certificate.*

4.2     Statement with Respect to Shares filed with the Pennsylvania Department
        of State on May 1, 1997.

10.1    Employment Agreement dated as of January 9, 1995 by and between CFM
        Technologies, Inc. and Lorin Jeffry Randall.*

10.2    Stock Option Agreement dated March 18, 1991 between CFM Technologies,
        Inc. and Burton McGillivray, as extended and amended on June 11,1993 and
        as amended on September 25, 1994.*

10.3    Stock Option Agreement dated as of December 9,1994 by and between CFM
        Technologies,Inc. and Milton Stearns, as amended on November 3, 1995.*

10.4    CFM Technologies, Inc. Annual Profit Sharing Plan.*

10.4.1  Amendment to CFM Technologies, Inc. Annual Profit Sharing Plan.***

10.5    CFM Technologies, Inc. 1992 Employee Stock Option Plan.*

10.6    Amended and Restated CFM Technologies, Inc. 1995 Incentive Plan.****

10.7    Amended and Restated CFM Technologies, Inc. Non-Employee Directors'
        Stock Option Plan.****

10.8    CFM Technologies, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.*

10.9    Rights Agreement dated as of April 24, 1997 between CFM Technologies,
        Inc. and American Stock Transfer and Trust Co., as Rights Agent.*****

10.10   Distributor Agreement dated November 28, 1991 by and between ANAM
        Semiconductor Design Co., Ltd. and CFM Technologies, Incorporated, and
        supplement to the Distributor Agreement dated August 26, 1994.*

10.11   Distributor Agreement dated March 3, 1992 by and between Innotech
        Corporation and CFM Technologies, Inc., as modified on June 15,1994.*


E-1
<PAGE>


10.12     Lease Agreement dated October 10, 1995 by and between Hough/Loew
          Construction, Inc. and CFM Technologies. Inc. and Addendum to Lease
          Agreement dated October 10,1995.*

10.12.1   Amendment Number Two to Lease Agreement dated April 30, 1996 by and
          between and CFM Technologies. Inc. Hough/Loew Construction, Inc.***

10.13     Commercial Lease Agreement dated December 16, 1996 between CFM
          Technologies, Inc. and Devereau Properties, Inc.***

10.13.1   First Amendment to Commercial Lease Agreement dated August 22, 1997
          between CFM Technologies, Inc. and Devereau Properties, Inc.

10.14     Loan Agreement dated July 27, 1994 by and between Chester County
          Development Council("CCDC") and CFM Technologies, Incorporated.*

10.15     $100,000 Mortgage dated as of July 27, 1994, CFM Technologies,
          Incorporated to CCDC.*

10.16     Guaranties dated October 13, 1995 executed by CFMT, Inc. and CFM
          International Corp. in favor of Corestates Bank, N.A. ("CoreStates").*

10.17     Mortgage dated February 16, 1994 between CFM Technologies,
          Incorporated and Corestates.*

10.18     $150,000 Commercial Promissory Note dated September 28, 1994 from CFM
          Technologies, Incorporated to Corestates.*

10.19     $100,000 Commercial Promissory Note dated August 11, 1994 from CFM
          Technologies, Incorporated to Corestates.*

10.20     Assignment of Leases, Rents, Agreements of Sale, Licenses and Permits
          dated February 16, 1994 by CFM Technologies, Inc. to CoreStates.*

10.21     Agent Agreement dated December 16, 1996 between CFM Technologies, Inc.
          and Ampoc Far East Company Limited.***

10.22     Letter Agreement dated March 25, 1996 between CoreStates and CFM
          Technologies, Inc. and $7,500,000 Master Demand Note dated April 1,
          1996 from CFM Technologies, Inc. to CoreStates.*

10.23     Lease Agreement dated July 16, 1997 between CFM Technologies, Inc. and
          CFM Partners (No relationship with CFM Technologies, Inc.).

10.24     Agent Agreement dated April 15, 1997 by and between Aneric Enterprise
          PTE Limited and CFM Technologies, Inc.

10.25     Agent Agreement dated October 29, 1997 by and between Silicon
          International Ltd. and CFM Technologies, Inc.



E-2
<PAGE>


11        Statement re computation of per share earnings.

21        Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1      Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

27        Financial Data Schedule.

- -------------

*      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement Form
       S-1 (Registration No. 33-80359) declared effective on June 18, 1996.

**     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement
       dated and filed on February 13, 1997.

***    Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
       Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-20325), filed on January 24, 1996, and the
       Amendment No. 1 to such Registration Statement filed on January 27, 1996.

****   Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
       10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 1997.

*****  Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
       Form 8-A filed on April 24, 1997.


E-3

<PAGE>


                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit No.    Description of Exhibit                      
- -----------    ----------------------                     
 
4.2            Statement with Respect to Shares filed with the Pennsylvania
               Department of State on May 1, 1997.

10.13.1        First Amendment to Commercial Lease Agreement dated August 22,
               1997 between CFM Technologies, Inc. and Devereau Properties, Inc.

10.23          Lease Agreement dated July 16, 1997 between CFM Technologies,
               Inc. and CFM Partners (No relationship with CFM Technologies,
               Inc.).

10.24          Agent Agreement dated April 15, 1997 by and between Aneric
               Enterprise PTE Limited and CFM Technologies, Inc.

10.25          Agent Agreement dated October 29, 1997 by and between Silicon
               International Ltd. and CFM Technologies, Inc.

11             Statement re computation of per share earnings.

21             Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1           Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

27             Financial Data Schedule.



                                                                     Exhibit 4.2


Microfilm Number                              Filed with the Department of State
                                                                 on May 01, 1997

Entity Number  2605116                        /s/ YVETTE KANE
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                  Secretary of the Commonwealth


         STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO SHARES-DOMESTIC BUSINESS CORPORATION

     In compliance with the requirements of 15 Pa.C.S. Section 1522(b) (relating
to statement with respect to shares), the undersigned corporation, desiring to
state the designation and voting rights, preferences, limitations, and special
rights, if any, of a class or series of its shares, hereby states that:

        1. The name of the corporation is CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

        2. (Check and complete one of the following):

           ___  The resolution amending the Articles under 15 Pa.C.S. Section
                1522(b) (relating to divisions and determinations by the board)
                set forth in full, is as follows:


           _X_  The resolution amending the Articles under 15 Pa.C.S. Section
                1522(b) is set forth in full in Exhibit A attached hereto and
                made a part hereof.

     3. The aggregate number of shares of such class or series established and
designated by (a) such resolution, (b) all prior statements, if any, filed under
15 Pa.C.S. Section 1522 or corresponding provisions of prior law with respect
thereto, and (c) any other provision of the Articles is 300,000 shares.

     4. The resolution was adopted by the Board of Directors or an authorized
committee thereof on APRIL 17, 1997.

     5. (CHECK, AND IF APPROPRIATE COMPLETE, ONE OF THE FOLLOWING):

           _X_  The resolution shall be effective upon the filing this statement
                with respect to shares in the Department of State.

           ___  The resolution shall be effective on: _______________ at
                ______________________.
 

     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned corporation has caused this statement
of Amendment to be signed by a duly authorized officer thereof this 28th day of
April, 1997.


                             CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                   
                   
                             By: /S/ LORIN J. RANDALL
                                --------------------------------------
                                Title:  Vice President-Finance,
                                        Secretary and Treasurer
     

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A
                                       TO
                        STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO SHARES
                                       OF
                  SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
                                       OF
                             CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

     RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors
of this Corporation in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of
Incorporation, a series of Preferred Stock, no par value per share, of the
Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of
shares thereof and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other rights of the shares of such series and the
qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof are as follows:

     SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

     1. Designation and Amount. There shall be a series of Preferred Stock that
shall be designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock," and the
number of shares constituting such series shall be 300,000. Such number of
shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors;
provided, however, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series
A Junior Participating Preferred Stock to less than the number of shares then
issued and outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of outstanding
securities issued by the Corporation.

     2. Dividends and Distribution.

          (A) Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any
     shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking prior and
     superior to the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
     with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Junior
     Participating Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of shares of
     any class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the
     Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in respect thereof, shall be
     entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out
     of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in
     cash on the 15th day of February, May, August and November, in each year
     (each such date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment
     Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the
     first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Junior
     Participating Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the
     nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $1.00 or (b) the Adjustment
     Number (as defined below) times the aggregate per share amount of all cash
     dividends, and the Adjustment Number times the aggregate per share amount
     (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other
     than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the
     outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise),
     declared on the Common Stock, no par value per share, of the Corporation
     (the "Common Stock") since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend
     Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment
     Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of
     Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. The "Adjustment Number"
     shall initially be 100. In the event the Corporation shall at any time
     after April 17, 1997 (the "Rights Declaration Date") (i) declare and pay
     any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii)
     subdivide the outstanding Common Stock or (iii) combine the outstanding
     Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the
     Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be
     adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator
     of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
     after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of
     Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

          (B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the
     Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A)
     above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the
     Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock).

          (C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding
     shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock from the Quarterly
     Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of
     Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of
     such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend
     Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue
     from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a
     Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the
     determination of holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating
     Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such
     Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends
     shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend
     Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.
     Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
     Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time
     accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a
     share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The
     Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders
     of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to
     receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which
     record date shall be no more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the
     payment thereof.

     3. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

          (A) Each share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall
     entitle the holder thereof to a number of votes equal to the Adjustment
     Number on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the
     Corporation.

          (B) Except as required by law and by Section 10 hereof, holders of
     Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have no special voting
     rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they
     are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for
     taking any corporate action.

     4. Certain Restrictions.

          (A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions
     payable on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in
     Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid
     dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A
     Junior Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in
     full, the Corporation shall not:

               (i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on,
          or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any
          shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
          liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior
          Participating Preferred Stock;

               (ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions
          on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or
          upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Junior
          Participating Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the
          Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and all such parity
          stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to
          the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then
          entitled; or

               (iii) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares
          of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, or any shares of
          stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Junior Participating
          Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in
          writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to
          all holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, or to
          such holders and holders of any such shares ranking on a parity
          therewith, upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after
          consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other
          relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes,
          shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable
          treatment among the respective series or classes.

          (B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation
     to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of
     the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this
     Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in
     such manner.

     5. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner
whatsoever shall be retired promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such
shares shall upon their retirement become authorized but unissued shares of
Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock
to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to
any conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

     6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

          (A) Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
     Corporation, voluntary or otherwise, no distribution shall be made to the
     holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior
     Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares
     of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have received an
     amount per share (the "Series A Liquidation Preference") equal to the
     greater of (i) $1.00 plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends
     and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such
     payment, or (ii) the Adjustment Number times the per share amount of all
     cash and other property to be distributed in respect of the Common Stock
     upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

          (B) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets
     available to permit payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Preference
     and the liquidation preferences of all other classes and series of stock of
     the Corporation, if any, that rank on a parity with the Series A Junior
     Participating Preferred Stock in respect thereof, then the assets available
     for such distribution shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the
     Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and the holders of such
     parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences.

          (C) Neither the merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or
     with another corporation nor the merger or consolidation of any other
     corporation into or with the Corporation shall be deemed to be a
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the
     meaning of this Section 6.

     7. Consolidation, Merger, Etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any
consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the outstanding
shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or
securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case each share of
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall at the same time be
similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share equal to the Adjustment
Number times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other
property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each
share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged.

     8. No Redemption. Shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
shall not be subject to redemption by the Company.

     9. Ranking. The Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall rank
junior to all other series of the Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends
and as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding
up, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise, and shall rank
senior to the Common Stock as to such matters.

     10. Amendment. At any time that any shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be amended in any manner which would
materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely
without the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding
shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a
class.

     11. Fractional Shares. Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be
issued in fractions of a share that shall entitle the holder, in proportion to
such holder's fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends,
participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of
holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.


                                                                 Exhibit 10.13.1

                            FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

     ATTACHED TO and made a part of the Lease agreement (the "Lease") made the
16th day of December 1996 by and between DEVEREUX PROPERTIES, INC., (the
"Landlord"), and CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., (the "Tenant"), for approximately
13,941 square feet of space at 1380 Enterprise Drive, Goshen Corporate Park,
West Chester, PA 19380 (the "Premises").

     WHEREAS, Landlord has leased approximately 13,941 square feet of space to
Tenant on the easterly side of 1380 Enterprise Drive (the "Initial Space"); and

     WHEREAS, Tenant wishes to lease an additional 8,023 square feet of space on
the westerly side of 1380 Enterprise Drive (the "Expansion Space"); and

     WHEREAS, the Initial Space and the Expansion Space are not contiguous to
each other;

     NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree to modify and amend the Lease as follows:

     1. TERM OF LEASE: The term of the Initial Space is hereby amended to expire
on June 30, 1998, which new term will supersede the term stated in Paragraph
No.1 of the Lease. The term of the Expansion Space shall commence September 1,
1997 and expire on December 31, 1998.

     2. MINIMUM RENTAL: The annual minimum rent (the Base Rent) for the Initial
Space shall be One Hundred Twenty One Thousand Nine Hundred Eighty Three and
72/100 Dollars ($121,983.72) which is the product of $8.75 per square foot and
13,941 square feet of rentable area which shall be paid by Tenant in equal
monthly installments of Ten Thousand One Hundred Sixty Five And 31/100 Dollars
($5,850.10) on the first day of each calendar month.

     The annual minimum rent (the Base Rent) for the Expansion Space shall be
Seventy Thousand Two Hundred One And 25/100 Dollars ($70,201.25) which is the
product of $8.75 per square foot and 8,023 square feet of rentable area which
shall be paid by Tenant in equal monthly installments of Five Thousand Eight
Hundred Fifty And 10/100 Dollars ($5,850.10) on the first day of each calendar
month.

     3. OPERATING EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT: It is understood and agreed that the
additional charges described in Article 1 and the Operating Expense Addendum
(Exhibit "A") of the Lease remain in full force and effect; shall be adjusted by
the total number of square feet added in the Expansion Space hereunder; and
shall be readjusted when the term of the Initial Space expires. Effective
September 1, 1997, the MONTHLY PAYMENT for Operating Expense Reimbursement for
the Initial Space and the Expansion Space shall be Two Thousand Two Hundred
Fifty Nine and 45/100 Dollars 


<PAGE>

($2,259.45) and One Thousand Four Hundred Thirty Six And 49/100 Dollars
($1,436.49), respectively.

     4. IMPROVEMENTS: It is understood and agreed the Tenant shall occupy and
take the Premises of the Expansion Space in its "as is" current condition.
Landlord agrees to permit Tenant to repaint and recarpet the Expansion Space at
Tenant's sole cost.

     5. BROKERAGE: Tenant agrees to pay one full commission of 6% multiplied by
the Base Rental of Expansion Space ($5,850.10 x 16 x 6% = $5,616.10) which shall
be shared equally between Lieberman & Earley and Fidelity Commercial.

     6. TERMINATION: Tenant's right to terminate the Lease contained in the last
paragraph of Paragraph No.25 of the Lease is deleted in is entirety.

     All other terms and conditions of the Lease agreement dated December 16,
1996, shall remain in full force and effect. To the extent there is a conflict
between the terms of the Lease and this First Amendment to Lease, this First
Amendment to Lease shall prevail.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to
Lease to be executed the 22 day of August, 1997.


TENANT: CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.     LANDLORD: DEVEREUX PROPERTIES,


By:  /s/ Lorin J. Randall           By:  /s/ Allen Thomas
     ------------------------            --------------------------


                                                                  Exhibit 10.23

                               LEASE SUMMARY SHEET

1.    LANDLORD:   CFM PARTNERS
                        120 Arrandale Boulevard
                        Exton, Pennsylvania

2.    TENANT:     CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                  1336 Enterprise Drive
                  West Chester, PA  19380

      Contact:    Lorin J. Randall, Vice President
                  (610) 696-8300

3.    BUILDING AND PREMISES:

                Phase I

                One 80,000 square foot multi-story office building to be
                constructed on Lot 4, and one 60,000 square foot manufacturing
                building to be constructed on Lots 7 and 8

                Phase II

                One 50,000 square foot addition to the Phase I office building
                to be constructed on Lot 1; and one 60,000 square foot addition
                to the Phase I manufacturing building to be constructed on Lot
                11, which shall be resubdivided concurrently with the relocation
                of James Hance Court

4.    INITIAL TERM:     Twenty (20) years, plus three (3) renewal options

5.    RENT: Annual Base Rent (subject to adjustment and allocation in
accordance with Lease):

                Years 1 through 20            $1,482,250

                Additional rent for Phase II land commitment (subject to Lease
                terms):

                Years 1 and 2                 $0
                Years 3 through 10            $65,600 for Lot 1 
                                              (Phase II Office Land)
                                              $59,000 for Lot 11 
                                              (Phase II Manufacturing Land)
                Year 11 and subsequent        $98,400 for Lot 1 
                                              (Phase II Office Land)

                years until construction      $88,500 for Lot 11 
                                              (Phase II Manufacturing
                                              or release of the Land)
                                              applicable Phase II Land

     NOTE: This Lease Summary Sheet is for the convenience of Landlord and
Tenant and shall not be deemed to be incorporated into or made a part of the
attached Lease for any reason.


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.    THE PARTIES .............................................................1
2.    BUILDING, PREMISES AND RELATED AREAS.....................................1
3.    LEASING CLAUSE; QUIET ENJOYMENT..........................................2
4.    USE OF PREMISES..........................................................4
5.    TERM; OPTION TO RENEW....................................................4
6.    ANNUAL BASE RENT.........................................................7
7.    ANNUAL ADDITIONAL RENT...................................................7
8.    ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLET....................................................12
9.    INSPECTION AND REPAIR OF PREMISES.......................................12
10.   DAMAGE TO PREMISES......................................................13
11.   EMINENT DOMAIN..........................................................14
12.   TENANT'S OBLIGATIONS....................................................15
13.   LANDLORD'S OBLIGATIONS..................................................16
14.   INSURANCE...............................................................17
15.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; ZONING............................................19
16.   TENANT DEFAULT..........................................................19
17.   LANDLORD DEFAULT........................................................22
18.   SUBORDINATION...........................................................23
19.   LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...............................23
20.   CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING AND RELATED AREAS..............................25
20.A. PROJECT COST LOAN TO LANDLORD...........................................34
21.   EXTENSION RIGHT; HOLDING OVER...........................................35
22.   NOTICES.................................................................35
23.   MISCELLANEOUS...........................................................36
24.   RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL..................................................37
25.   RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL - LEASE..........................................38
26.   FINANCING; PRE-COMMENCEMENT PURCHASE OPTIONS DUE TO DEFAULT.............38
27.   PHASE II OFFICE EXPANSION...............................................40
28.   PHASE II MANUFACTURING EXPANSION........................................46
29.   SEPARATE OPTIONS........................................................53
30.   PURCHASE OPTION.........................................................54
31.   CONSTRUCTION MATTERS DISPUTE RESOLUTION.................................56
32.   RECORDING MEMORANDUM....................................................58
33.   PHASE II LAND COVENANTS AND EASEMENTS...................................58
34.   INDEMNIFICATION.........................................................59
35.   ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE................................................59
36.   LIMITATION OF LANDLORD'S LIABILITY......................................60
37.   ATTACHMENTS.............................................................60


                                       ii
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBITS

Exhibit A - Site Plans

Exhibit B - Schedule of Estimated Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses

Exhibit C - Base Plans and Specifications 

Exhibit D - Developer Schedule 

Exhibit E - Budget 

Exhibit F - Subordination, Nondisturbance and Attornment Agreement

Exhibit G - Design Build Agreement 

Exhibit H - Recording Memorandum 

Exhibit I - Early Startup Expenses 

Exhibit J - Letter dated April 18, 1997, from Knauer & Gorman, Addressing Office
            Building Height Issue

Exhibit K - Letters dated April 25, 1997 from Knauer & Gorman and April 24, 1997
            from Chester Valley Engineers, Inc. 
            Addressing Stormwater Management Issues

Exhibit L - James Hance Court Relocation Cost Schedule (3 pages) and Phase II
            Office Storm and Sanitary Sewer Relocation Cost Schedule (2 pages),
            by Knauer & Gorman, dated April 30, 1997

Exhibit M - List of Approved Alternates, Knauer & Gorman, dated April 17, 1997

Exhibit N - Subordination Agreement by Owner 

Exhibit O - CFM Phase - I Cash Requirements 

Exhibit P - Design Build Purchase Price Schedule


                                      iii

<PAGE>


                                      LEASE


     THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this "Lease") is made and entered into as of the 16
day of July, 1997, between Landlord and Tenant named below.

1.    THE PARTIES.

            (a)   The name and address of Landlord is:

CFM Partners (a Pennsylvania general partnership having James J. Gorman and
Christopher J. Knauer as its general partners)
                  120 Arrandale Boulevard
                  Exton, Pennsylvania

            (b)   The name and address of Tenant is:

                  CFM Technologies, Inc.
                  1336 Enterprise Drive
                  West Chester, PA  19380

            (c)   The name and address of the Owner ("Owner") is:

                  Exton Development Company, Ltd. (a Pennsylvania
                  limited partnership)


2.    BUILDING, PREMISES AND RELATED AREAS.

     (a) The land (the "Land") on which the Phase I office building (the "Office
Building") and the Phase I manufacturing building (the "Manufacturing Building")
(together called the "Buildings") will be built is described on Exhibit A
attached hereto and is located at Lots 1, 4, 7, and 8, Oaklands Corporate
Center, Exton, Pennsylvania. The portion of the Land on which the Office
Building will be built is sometimes called the "Office Land". The portion of the
Land on which the Manufacturing Building will be built is sometimes called the
"Manufacturing Land". The Land is shown on the Site Plan attached hereto as
Exhibit A. As shown on Exhibit A, the Land initially includes only a portion of
Lot 1 along with certain stormwater drainage easements shown on the balance of
Lot 1.

(b) Also shown and approximately delineated as the "Phase II Land" on Exhibit A
are: the remainder of Lot 1; and Lot 11 (which shall be resubdivided
concurrently with the relocation of James Hance Court). The Phase II Land is not
included as part of the Land subject to the Lease but is reserved for future
expansion by Tenant pursuant to its options reserved under Paragraphs 27 and 28
of this Lease, below. That portion of Lot 1 on which the Tenant has reserved an
option to expand the Phase I Office Building by construction of an


1

<PAGE>

approximately 50,000 square foot addition is shown on Exhibit A and referred to
herein as the "Phase II Office Land". That portion of the Phase II Land on which
Tenant has reserved an option for construction of an approximately 60,000 square
foot addition to the Manufacturing Building is shown on Exhibit A and referred
to herein as the "Phase II Manufacturing Land". In the event that Tenant does
not elect to exercise its option to expand the Office Building on the Phase II
Office Land, then the Phase II Office Land shall be released from the Tenant's
expansion option under Paragraph 27, below, and no longer be subject to any
rights or obligations of Tenant hereunder, except for Tenant's rights under the
Phase II Land Covenants and Easements described in Paragraph 33. If the Tenant
does not elect to exercise its option to expand the Manufacturing Building on
the Phase II Manufacturing Land, then the Phase II Manufacturing Land shall be
released from the Tenant's expansion option under Paragraph 28 below and Tenant
shall have no further rights or obligations pertaining to the Phase II
Manufacturing Land except for Tenant's rights under the Phase II Land Covenants
and Easements described in Paragraph 33. Until Tenant exercises its option to
expand onto the Phase II Office Land and/or Phase II Manufacturing Land, or
either, Tenant shall have no obligations whatsoever with respect thereto, other
than any obligations it may have to maintain or contribute to the maintenance of
any easements thereon pursuant to the express provisions set forth in this
Lease.

     (c) The Building premises (the "Premises") initially covered by this Lease
consist of the entire Buildings which will contain approximately 80,000 square
feet of gross floor area in the Office Building on Lot 4 and 60,000 square feet
of gross floor area in the Manufacturing Building on Lots 7 and 8. For purposes
of this subparagraph and the purposes of Paragraph 20 of the Lease, the total
gross floor area shall be the area of the Buildings, measured to the outside
surface of the dominant exterior wall material, minus recessed windows,
entrances or design features, second story lobby floor openings and mechanical
penthouses.

     (d) Tenant and its invitees shall have the exclusive right to use those
areas of the Land and Buildings including the Buildings' entrances, lobbies,
corridors, elevators, lavatories, loading docks, roof, roads, driveways,
stairways, sidewalks, parking facilities and other similar areas, which enable
Tenant to obtain full use and enjoyment of the Premises for all customary
purposes (the "Related Areas").

     (e) The Buildings, the Premises, the Related Areas, the Land on which they
are located and any other improvements on the Land are hereinafter collectively
referred to as the "Property". The Office Building, Office Land and Office
Related Areas are sometimes called the "Office Property". The Manufacturing
Building, Manufacturing Land and Manufacturing Related Areas are sometimes
called the "Manufacturing Property." The Phase II Land, or applicable portion
thereof, shall be deemed part of the Property only upon exercise by Tenant of
its expansion option(s) with respect thereto under Paragraphs 27 and/or 28,
below, and only upon completion of construction of the Building expansion
thereon and the applicable Phase II Commencement Date (defined in said
paragraphs below) therefor.


3.    LEASING CLAUSE; QUIET ENJOYMENT.

     (a) Landlord represents and warrants that it is the equitable owner under
an installment sale agreement between Landlord and Owner of the Property and
that it has full right 


2
<PAGE>

and authority from all persons having any interest in the Property to make this
Lease. Landlord hereby leases the Property to Tenant and Tenant hereby accepts
the same from Landlord, in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.
Landlord covenants that Tenant shall have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the
Premises during the Term (as defined below) of this Lease. Landlord shall hold
and reserve each parcel of the Phase II Land exclusively for Tenant's use
pursuant to the Phase II Expansion Options described in Paragraphs 27 and 28
unless and until the same is released by Tenant pursuant to this Lease.

     (b) Landlord warrants, represents and covenants to Tenant that:

                (i) Landlord is a validly existing and duly registered
        Pennsylvania general partnership whose sole partners are identified in
        Paragraph 1(a). Landlord has good and marketable fee simple title to the
        Property and the Phase II Land free and clear of all liens and
        encumbrances except taxes not yet due and payable and the Permitted
        Exceptions as defined in Subparagraph (ii) below;

                (ii) Within thirty (30) days following the date of execution of
        this Lease, Landlord shall supply Tenant with a title report (the "Title
        Report") covering the Land and the Phase II Land issued by a reputable
        title insurance company insuring titles in the Commonwealth of
        Pennsylvania. The title report will contain legal descriptions of each
        lot or parcel of ground containing or comprising the Land or Phase II
        Land. Within ten (10) days of the date of receipt of the Title Report by
        Tenant, Tenant shall mark up Schedule B, Section 2 of the Title Report
        so as to indicate those exceptions to title which are unacceptable to
        Tenant. All exceptions to title shown on Schedule B, Section 2 of the
        Title Report which do not interfere with the proposed development of the
        Property and/or Phase II Land for Tenant's proposed use and which are
        not so objected to by Tenant are hereinafter called the "Permitted
        Exceptions". Within ten (10) days following receipt of the marked up
        Title Report, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant of the identity of
        those exceptions to title which Tenant has indicated by its notice as
        being unacceptable and which Landlord indicates that it is unwilling or
        unable to cure. Such additional exceptions and conditions shall be added
        to and become a part of the Permitted Exceptions unless Tenant, within
        ten (10) days following receipt of Landlord's notice, sends notice to
        Landlord of termination of this Lease, in which event this Lease shall
        be null and void and have no further force or effect, except that
        Landlord shall be entitled to reimbursement for Early Startup expenses
        incurred to the date of lease termination as provided in Paragraph
        20(l)(iii). However, Landlord may not add Permitted Exceptions and
        Tenant shall not be liable for Early Start-Up Expenses on account of
        Permitted Exceptions, if any such Permitted Exceptions will preclude the
        planned development of the Property or the Phase II Land for Tenant's
        proposed use.

                (iii) Tenant may obtain a title insurance policy or commitment
        therefor issued by a title insurance company acceptable to Tenant.
        Landlord will cooperate with Tenant in obtaining said policy or
        commitment by delivering, within seven (7) days after notification by
        Tenant or its agent of the name and address of the title insurance
        company which will furnish the same, all title information in Landlord's
        possession relating to the Property and Phase II Land 


3
<PAGE>

        and, thereafter, any additional documents as may be required by
        the title insurance company to issue its commitment or policy. Such
        policy or commitment must insure or commit to insure Tenant's leasehold
        interest, against all liens and encumbrances except taxes not yet due
        and payable and the Permitted Exceptions which have been approved in
        writing by Tenant. If such title policy is not obtainable or if the
        commitment shows any liens, encumbrances or exceptions to title other
        than those specified above, Tenant may, at its sole option, terminate
        this Lease at any time prior to commencement by notice to Landlord, in
        which event this Lease shall be null and void and have no further force
        or effect and any monies paid or advanced for rent, deposits, Early
        Startup Expenses (defined below in Article 20) or project-related costs
        (under Article 20.A), or otherwise, shall be returned to Tenant and
        Tenant shall be released from any obligations under the terms of this
        Lease. Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary,
        Landlord reserves the right to impose easements, restrictions and other
        covenants on the Land at any time after the date of execution of this
        Lease as may be reasonably necessary or desirable for the development of
        the Land as contemplated hereunder provided such additional easements,
        restrictions and covenants will not materially interfere with Tenant's
        intended use of the Property or future Phase II expansions.

     (c) By execution hereof, Landlord hereby confirms that Owner is obligated
to convey all of its interest in the Property to Landlord. Upon execution
hereof, Landlord will cause Owner to execute the Subordination Agreement in form
attached hereto as Exhibit N to confirm that it has authorized Landlord to
execute this Lease and that its title and interest are subject to this Lease.


     4. USE OF PREMISES. Tenant may use and occupy the Premises for general and
administrative office uses, manufacturing of equipment for production, assembly
and distribution of computer components, warehouse storage, and all other uses
normally incident to the foregoing, and/or any and all other lawful uses
conforming to the requirements of the Park Covenants (defined in this Lease
below).


     5. TERM; OPTION TO RENEW.

     (a) The term of this Lease ("Term") shall begin thirty (30) days after the
later to occur of (i) the date of Substantial Completion (as defined below),
(ii) the date Landlord has given Tenant written notice of Substantial
Completion, or (iii) the date Tenant receives final certificates of occupancy
from West Whiteland Township and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania's Department
of Labor and Industry for each Building (the "Commencement Date"), and shall end
on that date which is the last day of the two hundred fortieth (240th) month
following the Commencement Date (the "Expiration Date"), unless: (i) sooner
terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Lease;
or (ii) extended pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant
agree to execute an amendment, within thirty (30) days after Tenant's occupancy
of the Premises, establishing the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date. The
term "Lease Year" as used in this Lease shall mean the period of one (1) year
commencing on the Commencement Date or any anniversary thereof. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to enter, occupy, equip and use the
Premises free of any Annual Base Rent or Additional Rent (except for the
Operating Expense Payment) during the 


4
<PAGE>

thirty (30) day period after the Commencement Date. Further, although the
Commencement Date of the term of the Lease will not occur until Substantial
Completion of Landlord's Work on the entire Property, Tenant may enter and
occupy the Manufacturing Building, upon Substantial Completion thereof and prior
to the Substantial Completion of the Office Property and prior to the
Commencement Date of the Lease Term, provided that Tenant's use and occupancy
thereof prior to the Commencement Date shall be subject to all terms and
conditions of this Lease, including the requirement for payment of Annual Base
Rent and any Additional Rent applicable to the Manufacturing Building except
during the initial thirty (30) day "free-rent" period mentioned above in this
Paragraph 5(a), which free rent period will commence as to the Manufacturing
Building upon Substantial Completion of the Manufacturing Building and Tenant's
occupancy thereof.

     (b) "Substantial Completion" and "Substantially Complete" shall mean that
all of the following conditions have been satisfied with respect to the
"Landlord's Work" (defined in Paragraph 20): (i) final, unconditional
certificates of occupancy have been issued by West Whiteland Township and the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry and Landlord has
passed all local inspections for Landlord's Work; (ii) Landlord's Work has been
completed in accordance with the Final Plans and the requirements of the
provisions of Article 20 of this Lease, as reasonably determined by Landlord's
Building architect, subject to confirmation by the Consultant (identified in
Paragraph 31) subject only to normal punch list items that will not interfere
with the immediate occupancy of the Premises, a list of which shall be prepared
by Landlord and Tenant, and which items Landlord agrees to correct by the
Commencement Date; (iii) a certification by the Building architect, consented to
and approved by Landlord has been delivered to Tenant, stating that: (A) the
proper federal, state, county, regional and local authorities, including those
having jurisdiction over applicable zoning, building, health, safety and
environmental regulations, have issued all licenses, permits, approvals and
consents necessary connection with Landlord's Work; (B) the Buildings comply
with the applicable provisions of Paragraphs 15(a) and 19(a) hereof and with any
private covenants applicable to the Property generally; and (C) all of
Landlord's Work is complete, in clean and first-class condition, and where
applicable, in working order such that Landlord may perform its obligations in
the manner required by this Lease; and (iv) a certification by Landlord, stating
that (A) the Buildings comply with the applicable provisions of any private
covenants applicable to the Property generally, and (B) all of Landlord's Work
is, where applicable, in a condition such that Landlord may perform its
obligations in the manner required by this Lease. The "Date of Substantial
Completion" shall mean the date on which Landlord's Work is Substantially
Complete.

     (c) Landlord will commence Landlord's Work and will use all commercially
reasonable efforts to Substantially Complete Landlord's Work on the Office
Property and the Manufacturing Property or before the final dates respectively
set forth in Article 20, below, for completion hereof (the "Scheduled
Substantial Completion Date"). If either (Office or Manufacturing) Premises are
not Substantially Complete by its Scheduled Substantial Completion Date, then
once the Lease commences, Tenant shall receive one-half (1/2) day of abatement
of Annual Base Rent (as defined in Paragraph 6 and as adjusted pursuant to
Article 20) for each day that the Landlord's Work on such Premises was not
Substantially Complete after the Scheduled Substantial Completion Date. If
either (Office or Manufacturing) Premises are 


5
<PAGE>

Substantially Complete prior to its Scheduled Substantial Completion Date, then
upon the date of commencement of the Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to
receive an early completion bonus equal to one (1) day of Annual Base Rent
applicable to that Premises (as defined in Paragraph 6 and as adjusted pursuant
to Article 20) for each day that the Landlord's Work on such Premises was
Substantially Complete prior to the Scheduled Substantial Completion Date;
provided, however, Landlord shall be required to give Tenant not less than sixty
(60) days prior notice of the anticipated substantial completion of either
(Office or Manufacturing) Premises prior to its Scheduled Substantial Completion
Date. If either Premises are not Substantially Completed by the date which is
one hundred twenty (120) days after its Scheduled Substantial Completion Date,
which latter date shall be extended as provided by Change Order (as provided in
Article 20) and as a result of riots, insurrection, war, governmental
restriction, unusually adverse weather conditions or other reasons beyond
Landlord's control in the exercise of best efforts (but excluding strikes,
lock-outs or labor troubles), then Tenant shall have the option to purchase the
Property and, at Tenant's option, the Phase II Land, upon the terms and
conditions set forth in Paragraph 26(a)(ii) below. As a condition to any
extension of the Scheduled Substantial Completion Date for reasons permitted in
the foregoing sentence, Landlord shall notify Tenant at the earliest practical
time upon the occurrence or discovery of any occurrence or condition
necessitating extension for permitted reasons beyond Landlord's control, and
shall, in such notice, describe the cause of the delay and Landlord's best
estimate of the length of the delay resulting from such cause. In no event shall
Tenant be required to take occupancy of the Premises or accept a Commencement
Date prior to the commencement date.

     (d) Landlord grants Tenant the option to renew this Lease under the terms
and conditions as follows.

                (i) Provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond
        any applicable cure period at the time the option may be exercised,
        Landlord grants Tenant the option to renew this Lease for three (3)
        additional terms (the "Renewal Periods") of (A) five (5) years, (B) four
        and one-half (41/2) years, and (C) five and one-half (51/2) years,
        respectively, following the Expiration Date, or the expiration of the
        preceding Renewal Period, as the case may be. Tenant must exercise its
        options by giving Landlord written notice at least six (6) months prior
        to the Expiration Date, or the expiration of the preceding Renewal
        Period, as the case may be. Absent notice of the exercise of any such
        Renewal Period option by the time required hereunder (which shall be of
        the essence), such Renewal Period option shall terminate and expire.

                (ii) The Annual Base Rent payable during each of the first two
        (2) Renewal Periods shall be in an amount equal to one hundred one and
        two-tenths percent (101.2%) of the Annual Base Rent payable pursuant to
        this Lease prior to the commencement of such Renewal Period. The Annual
        Base Rent payable during the third (3rd) Renewal Period shall be the
        Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises, as such Fair Market Rental
        Value may be mutually agreed. For that purpose, within fifteen (15) days
        after Tenant's exercise of the option to renew for the third Renewal
        Period, Landlord will notify Tenant in writing of the Fair Market Rental
        Value. Tenant shall have fifteen (15) days from receipt of Landlord's
        notice to either accept or dispute Landlord's determination of the Fair
        Market Rental Value. In the event that Tenant disputes Landlord's
        determination, Tenant shall so notify Landlord and advise Landlord


6
<PAGE>

        of Tenant's determination of the Fair Market Rental Value. If
        Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the Fair Market Rental Value
        within thirty (30) days of Tenant's original notice of its intent to
        exercise its Renewal Option, the term of the Lease shall expire upon the
        expiration of the second Renewal Period and Tenant shall have not
        further rights to renew the term of the Lease.

                (iii) Except as set forth above, the Renewal Periods shall be
        subject to all of the terms and conditions applicable to the initial
        term of this Lease.

     5. ANNUAL BASE RENT. The Annual Base Rent shall be payable by Tenant to
Landlord (by a check mailed on or prior to the first business day of each
month), without any set-off, abatement, notice or demand, except as specifically
set forth in this Lease, commencing on the Commencement Date, and thereafter,
for each month in advance through and including the Expiration Date. The Annual
Base Rent, as agreed upon execution hereof and to be adjusted pursuant to the
provisions of Article 20, below, for the term of the Lease is set forth in the
following schedule which allocates the total Annual Base Rent between the Office
Property and the Manufacturing Property:

                                               Allocated between
                          Total      Office Property     Manufacturing Property
                          -----      ---------------     ----------------------
Years 1 through 20:     $1,482,250     $910,250               $572,000

     Annual Base Rent, as stated in the foregoing schedule, shall be subject to
adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 20(e) through (h),
below. All references in this Lease to the Annual Base Rent, upon such
adjustment, shall mean and refer to the Annual Base Rent as so adjusted.

     Any installment of Annual Base Rent or portion thereof not paid within five
(5) days of the date when due shall be subject to a late charge of five percent
(5%) of the unpaid amount.

     Without limiting any other provision of this Lease, it is expressly
understood and agreed that all charges, payments, rent, and fees of any kind and
nature which Tenant is required to pay hereunder, together with all interest and
penalties that may accrue thereon, shall be deemed to be additional rent
("Additional Rent"), and in the event of nonpayment thereof by Tenant, Landlord
shall have all of the rights and remedies with respect thereto as would accrue
to Landlord for nonpayment of Annual Base Rent. Annual Base Rent, and all
Additional Rent, shall be payable to Landlord at the address set forth in
Paragraph 1 hereof or to such other address as Landlord shall notify Tenant of
in writing.


     6. ANNUAL ADDITIONAL RENT.

     (a) For the purpose of this Paragraph 7:

                (i) Computation Year shall mean each full twelve (12) calendar
        months beginning on the Commencement Date;


7
<PAGE>


                (ii) Real Estate Taxes shall mean all taxes, assessments, levies
        and other charges, including transportation district assessments (if
        any), which are assessed, levied or charged upon the Property during the
        Term less any abatement received by Landlord, any affiliate of Landlord
        or any tenant of the Property. Real Estate Taxes shall not include any
        of the following (all of which shall be paid solely by Landlord): (A)
        any capital levy, estate, succession, inheritance, realty transfer,
        sales, use or franchise taxes, or any income, profits, or revenue tax
        assessment or charge, imposed upon this value of this Lease on the rents
        received by the Landlord under this Lease; nor (B) any increase in
        property taxes due to a reassessment performed as a result of the sale
        or transfer of the Property, but shall include any increases due to
        construction of the Buildings. Furthermore, Real Estate Taxes shall not
        include any Real Estate Taxes or any other taxes on the Phase II Land
        until the same is incorporated into the Property upon the applicable
        Phase II Commencement Date pursuant to the Tenant's Expansion Options in
        Paragraphs 27 or 28, and then only with respect to that Land (Phase II
        Office Land, Phase II Manufacturing Land, or both) as to which such
        option has been exercised.

                (iii) Operating Expenses shall mean the total, actual
        out-of-pocket expenses, without any mark-up or fee for management,
        supervision, overhead or administration, paid by Landlord to unrelated
        third parties (or, if to related parties, at rates not exceeding
        competitive rates which would otherwise be paid to unrelated third
        parties), and not reimbursed or reimbursable by others, which relate to
        the ownership, operation, repair, maintenance or replacement of the
        Property. Because Tenant will be responsible for the costs of operation,
        maintenance or repair of the Property, subject to and as more fully
        described in the terms of this Lease below, the Operating Expenses to be
        incurred by Landlord and reimbursable by Tenant pursuant to the
        provisions set forth below in this section shall be limited to (A) the
        proportionate share allocated to the Land of common costs incurred
        pursuant to the Declaration or Restrictive Covenants and 
        titled Amended Protective Covenants for Oaklands Corporate Center made
        by Oaklands Business Parks, Inc. and recorded in Chester County, Volume
        204 at page 343 (the "Park Covenants"), (B) the costs of Landlord's
        all-risk property insurance under Paragraph 14(b)(ii), and (C) those
        additional operating expenses (if any) which are listed on Exhibit B
        attached hereto.

                (iv) Phase II Land Commitment shall mean the amount payable by
        Tenant, as Additional Rent, for Landlord's reservation of the land area
        necessary to complete Phase II, pursuant to the Phase II option
        described below in Paragraph 27. The Phase II land commitment component
        of the Additional Rent: shall be zero dollars in years 1 and 2 of the
        Lease; in year 3 through year 10 shall be $65,600 for the Phase II
        Office Land and $59,000 for the Phase II Manufacturing Land; and in year
        11 through 20 shall be $98,400 for the Phase II Office Land and $88,500
        for the Phase II Manufacturing Land. The Phase II Land Commitment
        component of the Additional Rent shall be payable monthly as provided in
        Subparagraph 7(h) below. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
        herein, the Phase II Land Commitment component of Additional Rent
        applicable to the Phase II Office Land shall be payable only until the
        Phase II Office Land is released from the Tenant's Expansion Option
        under Paragraph 27, below. Further, the Phase II Manufacturing Land
        Commitment component of Additional Rent 


8
<PAGE>

        applicable to the Phase II Manufacturing Land shall be payable
        only until the Phase II Manufacturing Land is released from the Tenant's
        expansion option under Paragraph 28, below. To release all, or either
        (Office or Manufacturing) portion, of the Phase II Land and abate the
        Phase II Land Commitment component of Additional Rent, or applicable
        portion thereof, Tenant, at its sole option, may elect to waive the
        Phase II Expansion Option, or applicable portion thereof, by giving
        written notice of such release to the Landlord and the Phase II Land
        Commitment component of Additional Rent (or applicable portion thereof)
        shall cease to be payable upon the earlier of: the expiration of one
        year from the date of such notice; or any conveyance, transfer, sale or
        lease, or agreement to sell, transfer, convey or lease the Phase II Land
        (or applicable portion thereof) released by the Tenant's notice. The
        Phase II Land Commitment shall cease to be payable with respect to the
        Phase II Land, or applicable portion thereof, immediately upon Tenant's
        notice of the exercise of its Expansion Option with respect to such Land
        or applicable portion thereof.

     (b) In addition to the Annual Base Rent set forth in Paragraph 6, for each
Computation Year during the Term, Tenant shall pay the following sums
(collectively, "Annual Additional Rent"):

                (i) All Real Estate Taxes (the "Tax Payment"). The Tax Payment
        shall be made by Tenant in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph
        7(c) hereof. Landlord's best estimate of the 
        total annual tax payment for the first computation year itemized to show
        all Real Estate Taxes now in effect and allocable to the Property, is
        included in the Schedule of Estimated Real Estate Taxes and Operating
        Expenses attached hereto as Exhibit B.

                (ii) All Operating Expenses (the "Operating Expense Payment").
        The Operating Expense Payment shall be made by Tenant in accordance with
        the terms of Subparagraph 7(d). Landlord's best estimate of the
        Operating Expense Payment for the first computation year itemized to
        show all Operating Expenses payable by Tenant is included in the
        Schedule of Estimated Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses attached
        as Exhibit B.

                (iii) The Phase II Land Commitment (the "Phase II Land
        Commitment Payment") shall be made by Tenant in accordance with the
        terms of Subparagraph 7(h).

     (c) The Tax Payment shall be made by Tenant as follows. Tenant shall pay
directly to the appropriate governmental agencies all Real Estate Taxes before
the same shall become delinquent. All such payments for the first and last
Computation Year shall be prorated between Landlord and Tenant so that Tenant
shall be responsible for that portion of the Real Estate Taxes which is
attributable to the term of the Lease and any renewal term. If there is included
in the Real Estate Taxes any special assessment or other assessment which may be
paid in installments, unless otherwise directed by Tenant, Landlord will advise
the appropriate governmental agency of its election to pay the same in
installments and Tenant shall pay such of those installments as shall be due and
payable during the term of the Lease or any renewal term regardless of when such
installment was assessed. Tenant's Real Estate Tax obligation shall commence on
the Commencement Date. In the event the Property, or any portion thereof, is
part of a larger tract, Landlord will use its best efforts to have the Property
designated as a parcel or 


9
<PAGE>

parcels separate from such other or larger tract so that the assessed
valuation of the land and buildings shall relate only to the Land and Buildings
constituting and constructed on the Property. In that case, the Landlord shall
use its best efforts to have the billings therefor sent directly by the taxing
authorities to the Tenant for payment. If the Property, or any portion thereof,
is part of a larger tract and the Landlord is unable to have the Property
designated as a separate parcel or parcels for taxing purposes, so that the
taxes are assessed upon the larger tract of which the Property is a portion,
Tenant agrees to pay that portion of the Real Estate Taxes which is reasonably
attributable to the Property determined, with respect to the land portion, by
dividing the land area of the Property by the total area of the larger tract
which includes the Property. To the extent that the Real Estate Taxes are not
separately assessed for the Property, Tenant will pay Tenant's share thereof
within thirty (30) days after written demand from Landlord, provided that such
written demand shall include a copy of the tax bill and Landlord's accounting of
Tenant's share. In such event, Landlord shall provide Tenant with such notice
and a copy of any applicable tax bill promptly upon Landlord's receipt and not
later than thirty (30) days before any discount period applicable thereto
expires or if no discount period applies, then not later than thirty (30) days
before the date that the same are finally due and payable without penalty. If
Landlord fails to do so, then Landlord shall be responsible to pay any portion
of such bill which exceed the discount rate or which represents penalties or
interest. If the Property or any portion thereof cannot be separately assessed
from other property of the Landlord, Landlord shall pay any portion of any tax
bill which includes the Tax Payment for the Property on or before the due date
therefor and will furnish Tenant with proof of payment thereof upon request.

     (d) Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Operating Expense Payment with respect
to each Computation Year in monthly installments, in advance, for each month in
which this Lease is in effect, at the same time as Annual Base Rent under
Paragraph 6 hereof is to be paid in amounts reasonably estimated from time to
time by Landlord by a written notice to Tenant. Within ninety (90) days after
the end of each Computation Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant itemized
statements certified by an authorized agent of Landlord setting forth the actual
Operating Expenses for the most recently completed Computation Year. Tenant
shall pay any deficiency with respect to the Operating Expense Payment to
Landlord shown by such statement within sixty (60) days after receipt of the
aforesaid statement. If the total amount paid by Tenant during any Computation
Year with respect to the Operating Expense Payment exceeds the actual Operating
Expense Payment for such Computation Year, such excess shall be credited against
payments next due under this Paragraph 7(d). If no such payments are thereafter
due, such excess shall be refunded by Landlord within thirty (30) days after
delivery of the aforesaid statement. The statements referred to above will
include such supporting documentation as to Operating Expenses (including
invoices, copies of calculations and such other information) as Tenant shall
reasonably require.

     (e) Within one (1) year after receipt of any statement. Tenant shall
have the right, by notice to Landlord, to dispute the inclusion and amount of
any item or items in any statement. In the event that such a dispute is not
settled within sixty (60) days after notice of such dispute has been delivered
to Landlord, the dispute shall be determined by a firm of real estate audit
professionals mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant ("Audit
Professionals"). The determination of the Audit Professionals shall be final and
binding upon both Landlord and


10
<PAGE>

Tenant and the Audit Professionals' expenses shall be borne by the party
against whom the decision is rendered. If it is determined that Tenant has made
an underpayment, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for the amount of such
underpayment. If it is determined that Tenant has made an overpayment, Tenant
shall promptly receive, at Tenant's option, either (i) a credit against the
Annual Base Rent and Annual Additional Rent installments next due and payable;
or (ii) a lump sum payment from Landlord in such amount. The obligations
hereunder shall survive any termination of this Lease.

     (f) To the extent that notice of same is received by Landlord, Landlord
shall in turn notify Tenant promptly and, prior to the expiration of any rights
of appeal, of any increase in Real Estate Taxes resulting from a notice of
reassessment or from any other cause, other than a general increase in the tax
rate. Should Landlord elect to contest any such increase, Landlord shall keep
Tenant informed, with timely advice, of the steps being taken. Further, in the
event Landlord does not contest such tax increase, and after reasonable prior
notice to Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to contest any such increase and
shall keep Landlord informed of the steps being taken. Landlord agrees to fully
cooperate with Tenant in prosecuting any appeal taken by Tenant as a result of
such increase, at no cost or expense to Landlord. To the extent Tenant obtains
any reduction as a result of such contest, Tenant shall have the right to setoff
against the Annual Base Rent and the Annual Additional Rent due hereunder all
reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by
Tenant in connection with such contest, provided the same shall not exceed the
amount of the reduction in Real Estate Taxes obtained thereby, provided Tenant
gives Landlord thirty (30) days advance written notice.

     (g) Tenant shall have the right to examine, to copy and to have an audit
conducted of all books and records of Landlord as shall pertain to Operating
Expenses and Real Estate Taxes. Such audit shall be conducted by an auditing
firm retained by Tenant. All expenses of such audit shall be borne by Tenant
unless such audit discloses an overstatement of Operating Expenses or Real
Estate Taxes of three percent (3%) or more, in which case all expenses of such
audit shall be borne by Landlord, and Tenant's Operating Expense Payment or Tax
Payment shall be adjusted accordingly. Landlord's liability for the cost of the
audit shall be limited to Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000.00) as such amount may
be increased, from time to time, by the same percentage increase as the increase
in the level of the Consumer Price Index (CPI-U, All City average, 1984 = 100)
from the date of this Lease to the time such cost is incurred. In the event
Landlord disputes the findings of said audit, then Landlord and Tenant agree to
submit any disputed items to the Audit Professionals for resolution pursuant to
the terms of Subparagraph 7(e). Landlord shall maintain all books and records
for a period of not less than three (3) years following the applicable
Computation Year.

     (h) Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Phase II Land Commitment Payment with
respect to each computation year in equal monthly installments, in advance, for
each month in which this Lease is in effect, at the same time as Annual Base
Rent under Paragraph 6 hereof is to be paid, and shall be recoverable by
Landlord in the same manner as the Annual Base Rent.

     (i) Tenant will pay directly and promptly, as and when the same become due
and payable, all water rents, rates and charges, all sewer rents, and all
charges for electricity, gas, heat, steam, hot and/or chilled water, telephone,
and other utilities supplied to the Property during the term and any renewal
term of this Lease.


11
<PAGE>


8.    ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLET.

     (a) Tenant may sublet or license all or any portion of the Premises,
without Landlord's consent, provided:

                (i) Such subletting or license will not release Tenant from
        liability under this Lease;

                (ii) Tenant must give Landlord written notice of the subletting
        or license including the name, address and proposed use by the sublessee
        or licensee; and

                (iii) Such subletting may only be for a permitted use hereunder.

     (b) Tenant shall be permitted to assign this Lease, with the prior written
consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
conditioned. If required by the terms of the holder a first mortgage on the
Property, such assignment shall also be subject to approval by such mortgage
holder. Landlord shall approve, disapprove or notify Tenant of specific
additional information required to evaluate Tenant's request, not later than the
thirtieth (30th) day following Tenant's request for consent to an assignment. In
connection with any request by Tenant for a consent to assignment, Landlord
and/or Landlord's lender holding a first mortgage on the Property may require
financial statements or other documentation verifying the creditworthiness of
the proposed assignee. Upon any such 
assignment, Tenant shall be released from liability under this Lease.

     (c) In addition to Tenant's right to sublet or license all or a portion of
the Premises pursuant to Subparagraph 8(a) hereof, or to assign this Lease
pursuant to Subparagraph 8(b) hereof, Tenant shall have the right to assign or
transfer any interest in this Lease to a subsidiary, parent or an affiliate of
Tenant or a successor to Tenant by way of merger, consolidation, corporate
reorganization, or the purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant's assets
(referred to herein as a "Related Transferee"), each without Landlord's consent.


     9. INSPECTION AND REPAIR OF PREMISES. Upon request, at such times as may be
scheduled in advance with Tenant, and subject to such conditions as may
reasonably be imposed by Tenant, Landlord may inspect the Premises. Landlord
shall have no obligation to make any repairs to the Premises unless and except
to the extent otherwise expressly provided herein. Landlord may (but shall not
be obligated except as otherwise provided herein), following prior written
notice in advance, at reasonable times (except prior notice shall not be
required in emergencies) enter the Premises to make repairs or replacements that
Tenant may neglect or refuse to make provided that: (a) such repairs or
replacements are necessary to comply with laws, maintain standards of safety for
occupancy or to correct any condition constituting waste and having a
substantial adverse effect on the value of the Premises; and (b) Tenant shall
have failed, within 30 days after receipt of written notice from Landlord
(except that no such notice



12
<PAGE>


shall be required in the event of emergencies) to initiate steps to
properly correct or abate such condition requiring repair or replacement or
shall fail to pursue completion of the same with reasonable diligence
thereafter. Landlord may charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, the actual
out-of-pocket costs and expenses paid by Landlord to unrelated third parties and
not reimbursable by others, plus a ten percent (10%) fee added by Landlord, to
perform repairs or replacements which Landlord makes after Tenant's failure to
do so, provided that such repair or replacement is permitted hereunder and is
not Landlord's responsibility under any other provisions of this Lease. In
making any inspection or effecting maintenance or repairs to the Premises,
Landlord shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to protect Tenant's
property and personnel from loss and injury and to avoid disrupting Tenant's
regular business routine. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, during the last five (5) years of the term of the Lease and during any
Renewal Period, Landlord shall make and may not charge Tenant, as Additional
Rent, for the costs of any repairs, improvements and replacements of a
structural nature or of a type which may or could, according to standard
accounting practices, be capitalized, except to the extent that:

          (i) Landlord's actual costs in effecting any such structural or other
     capital repair, replacement or improvement are amortized over the useful
     life or lives of the repairs, replacements or improvements effected; and

          (ii) The costs chargeable as Additional Rent shall be limited in any
     Lease Year to the annual amortized cost thereof and Tenant shall have no
     responsibility therefore after expiration of the Lease Term and any
     applicable extensions or renewals thereof.


     10. DAMAGE TO PREMISES.

     (a) If any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Related Areas is
damaged by fire or other casualty, then, except as provided below, the damage
shall be promptly repaired by and at the expense of Landlord. Promptly upon the
occurrence of any such fire or other casualty damage, Landlord will pursue a
claim with its all-risk insurance carrier and notify Tenant of the time
estimated, in the exercise of Landlord's best judgment, to complete repair and
restoration of the damaged portions of the Property. Until such repairs and
restoration are completed, the Annual Base Rent and Annual Additional Rent shall
be equitably abated to the extent that the damage to the Premises and/or other
portions of the Property, or any portion thereof, renders the same untenantable
for Tenant's use. If such damages renders the Premises or any portion thereof
untenantable for Tenant's use and such damage shall not be susceptible of
complete repair and restoration within one (1) year after the occurrence of such
casualty, or if Landlord fails to notify Tenant within writing of its proposed
schedule for completion of repairs and restoration within sixty (60) days after
the occurrence of such casualty, then Tenant may by ten (10) days written notice
to Landlord, terminate this Lease as of the date of occurrence of such damage,
provided such notice is given within forty-five (45) days after the date Tenant
receives Landlord's written notice of the proposed completion schedule (or at
any time after the sixtieth (60th) day if Landlord has failed to provide such
completion schedule). If such damage can be repaired within the time period
above stated and Landlord fails to complete the repair or restoration of such
damage within such period, then Tenant may terminate this Lease, by thirty (30)


13
<PAGE>

days' prior written notice to Landlord. In the alternative to terminating the
Lease in either of the foregoing instances, Tenant may notify Landlord that it
shall itself complete the necessary repairs and restoration in which event
Tenant shall have the right to receive all proceeds of insurance payable to
Landlord in respect of such casualty, and shall be deemed the assignee thereof,
to be applied to the costs of repair and restoration. If Tenant completes the
necessary repair or restoration upon Landlord's default, then Tenant may recover
from Landlord the costs thereof to the extent not covered by the proceeds of
insurance made available to Tenant and the amount of such excess costs may be
offset against Annual Base Rent or Additional Rent payable hereunder.
Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, if the fire or other casualty
damage occurs during the last five (5) years of the term of the Lease or during
any Renewal Period, and if the damage materially and adversely affects Tenant's
business operations, Tenant may, by written notice to Landlord, terminate this
Lease even if the damage is capable of being repaired by Landlord within the
aforementioned one (1) year period.

     (b) Landlord and Tenant do each hereby release and discharge the other
party and any officer, agent, employee or representative of such party from any
liability for loss or damage to property caused by fire or other casualty for
which insurance (permitting waiver of liability and containing waiver of
subrogation) is required to be carried by the injured party under the terms of
this Lease.


     11. EMINENT DOMAIN.

     (a) If the entire Property shall be taken under the power of eminent domain
or conveyed in lieu thereof, then the Term shall expire on the date of such
taking or conveyance, and Annual Base Rent and Annual Additional Rent shall be
prorated as of such date. If a portion of the Property, the taking of which
materially and adversely affects Tenant's business operations (including
parking) or rights of expansion shall be taken, then Tenant may terminate this
Lease by written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant's
receipt of notice of the taking and, in such case, the term shall expire
effective as of the date set forth in Tenant's notice and Annual Base Rent and
Annual Additional Rent shall be prorated as of such date or any earlier date
that possession of the Property commences by the condemning authority. Damages
awarded Landlord for such taking or conveyance shall belong to Landlord,
provided that Tenant may assert a claim for any leasehold improvements paid for
by Tenant, Tenant's personal property and Tenant's moving expenses.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the portion of the Property
taken in eminent domain relates only to parking, and if Landlord notifies Tenant
on or before the end of thirty (30) days from the date that Landlord or Tenant
receives notice of the taking that Landlord intends to supply replacement
parking spaces of the same quantity and of equivalent proximity to those taken,
then Landlord shall be permitted a reasonable period of time (not to exceed one
hundred eighty (180) days) to supply such replacement parking and this Lease
shall not be terminable by Tenant as a result of such taking provided Landlord's
supply of such replacement parking is completed within such one hundred eighty
(180) day period and provided that adequate and reasonably proximate temporary
parking is made available to Tenant during such time period for construction
and/or supply of the replacement parking spaces.


14
<PAGE>

     (b) If less than the whole of the Property is taken under the power of
eminent domain or conveyed in lieu thereof, and Tenant does not elect to
terminate pursuant to Subparagraph (a), then this Lease shall terminate as to
the part so taken on the date that Tenant is required to yield possession
thereof to the condemning authority. Landlord shall make such repairs and
alterations as may be necessary in order to restore the part not taken to useful
condition, all Annual Base Rent shall be equitably reduced by an amount equal to
the proportionate rental value of the part so taken, and the Annual Additional
Rent shall be reduced if and to such extent as such reduction in the Property
subject to the Lease reduces the expenses included in the Annual Additional
Rent.

     (c) If the Phase II Land or any part thereof necessary to Tenant's
expansion is taken prior to the release thereof by Tenant or the exercise by
Tenant of its expansion rights with respect thereto, then the Phase II Land
Commitment component of Annual Additional Rent shall cease to be payable
immediately upon the issuance of notice thereof by the condemning authority.


     12. TENANT'S OBLIGATIONS.

     (a) Tenant shall comply with all laws pertaining to Tenant's manner of use
of the Premises. Tenant shall not be required to make any structural repairs,
alterations or improvements to the Premises unless and except to the extent that
the same are necessary to address a condition which is not covered by Landlord's
warranties and which cannot be adequately addressed through nonstructural
repairs without resulting in deterioration to the Premises (subject to the
provisions of Paragraph 15 if such structural repairs, alterations, or
improvements are required as aforesaid in the last five (5) years of the Lease
Term or any Renewal Term). In addition, Tenant shall make any repairs or
replacements required to be made by Tenant under Paragraph 15. Tenant shall
maintain an HVAC service and maintenance contract on the HVAC systems serving
the Premises.

     (b) Upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease, Tenant shall
surrender the Premises in substantially as good condition as when entered,
ordinary wear and tear and deterioration due to age and damage by fire or other
casualty covered by insurance which the Landlord is obligated to maintain
hereunder, and "Permitted Alterations", as defined herein, excepted. Tenant may
remove any security, telephone or computer system or any portion thereof, as
well as any fixtures installed by or on be behalf of Tenant, provided Tenant
repairs any damage caused by such removal. Tenant shall not be obligated to
remove any fixtures installed by it except for fixtures relating solely to
Tenant's particular use and not usable or adaptable for reuse by future
prospective tenants who may occupy the Property as office and/or manufacturing
facilities. Tenant shall remove all other personal property of Tenant, including
manufacturing equipment and machinery. In no event, however, shall Tenant be
required to remove any portion of such systems, equipment, machinery or fixtures
installed in any wall, floor, partition, ceiling or under any floor covering.

     (c) Tenant shall obey reasonable rules and regulations established by or
pursuant to the protective covenants for, and generally applicable to all
properties within, Oaklands Business Park.


15
<PAGE>

     (d) During the Term, Tenant may make improvements and alterations to the
Premises provided such work is done in a workmanlike manner with materials and
finishes comparable to those then existing in the Premises (all such
improvements or alterations are collectively referred to herein as "Permitted
Alterations"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall secure Landlord's
prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed, for any alterations requiring issuance of a building permit from
applicable municipal or Department of Labor and Industry authorities. Landlord
may not disapprove any such alterations requiring a building permit if the same
comply with applicable codes and the standard set forth in the foregoing
sentence of this Paragraph 12(d). Landlord's approval or other decision with
respect to any such alterations by Tenant requiring a building permit shall be
communicated to Tenant within ten (10) days after receipt of Tenant's written
request accompanied by plans and specifications. Tenant shall not be required to
remove any alterations, installations, additions or improvements made upon the
Premises (except as provided in Subparagraph (b) above) and the same shall be
surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Tenant may, however, at its sole option, remove any improvements or alterations
made to the Premises on Tenant's behalf, provided Tenant repairs any damage
caused by such removal. Tenant may install and maintain its own security system
for the Premises.

     (e) If, because of any act or omission of Tenant, or any of Tenant's
agents, employees, or contractors, any instrument which may form the basis for
any mechanics lien or other lien, charge or order for the payment of money shall
be filed against Landlord or any portion of the Property, Tenant shall, at its
own cost and expense, cause the same to be discharged of record by payment,
bonding or otherwise within 30 days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant
thereof, and Tenant will indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against and from
all costs, liabilities, suits, claims and demands, including reasonable counsel
fees, resulting therefrom. However, and notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant
shall have the right, at any time, to grant security interests in any goods,
property or fixtures owned by Tenant and installed or kept on the Premises,
including, without limitation, any of Tenant's systems, equipment, machinery or
trade fixtures referenced in Subparagraph 12(b) of this paragraph, above.
Landlord agrees that it will, within 10 days after any written request by
Tenant, confirm the foregoing consent and will disclaim any interest of Landlord
in any such property of Tenant by written instrument within such 10-day period.

     (f) Tenant will maintain, at its expense, insurance as provided in
Paragraph 14, below.


     13. LANDLORD'S OBLIGATIONS.

     (a) For so long as either part of the Phase II Land remains the subject of
Tenant's expansion options under Paragraphs 27 and 28, below, and during any
such other period that the Phase II Land is a part of any lot or lots of ground
containing the Property subject to this Lease, Landlord will keep such Phase II
Land in a safe, clean and sanitary condition at its own cost and expense. Such
maintenance shall further include any work necessary to repair and/or restore
any portion of the Phase II Land which becomes subject to any condition (e.g.,
sinkholes, erosion, flood damage) which may impede its use and development for
Tenant's expansion


16
<PAGE>

options described in this Lease. Landlord will indemnify and hold harmless
Tenant from and against any and all costs, expenses, claims, penalties, fines
and/or enforcement actions (including reasonable counsel fees associated
therewith) arising from any condition in, on or emanating from the Phase II
Land. Landlord's obligation to maintain the Phase II Land for the benefit of
Tenant in the condition required under this Paragraph is conditioned upon
payment of the Phase II Land Commitment for such Land by the Tenant.

     (b) Landlord will make and perform any repairs or replacements to the
Property which are required for Landlord to comply with any warranty or other
provisions of this Lease imposing on Landlord a duty of maintenance, repair or
replacement.

     (c) Subject to Tenant's duty to pay Operating Expenses in accordance with
the terms of Paragraph 7 and Exhibit B. Landlord shall before delinquency pay
all amounts necessary and perform all obligations required under any easements
or covenants relating to the ownership and operation of the Property and the
provision of utility services and stormwater management drainage therefor.
Without limitation, Landlord shall pay all amounts due (subject to reimbursement
by Tenant as Operating Expenses for Tenant's share thereof) and perform all
obligations required by Landlord as Owner of the Property under the terms of the
Stormwater Basin and Drainage Easement on the Property, serving the Property and
certain adjoining Lots.

     (d) Landlord shall, at its expense, maintain insurance as provided in
Paragraph 14, below.

     (e) Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, promptly upon Landlord's
discovery of the existence of any condition or of the happening, pendency or
threat of any occurrence or event which does or may render false or materially
inaccurate any of Landlord's representations or warranties under this Lease. By
way of example, but without limitation, in the event that Landlord discovers or
receives notice that any condemnation, zoning change, environmental regulation,
casualty, contamination, law or ordinance exists, has occurred or has become
pending or threatened, the effect of which would or may be to render the Phase
II Land, or any portion thereof, unusable for the purposes of Tenant's expansion
options under Paragraphs 27 or 28, Landlord shall be obligated to promptly give
written notice thereof to Tenant and shall thereafter keep Tenant fully apprised
with respect to the status thereof unless and until Tenant releases or otherwise
terminates this Lease with respect to the Phase II Land pursuant to Tenant's
rights reserved under this Lease.


     14. INSURANCE.

     (a) Tenant shall maintain, at its expense, with insurers reasonably
acceptable to Landlord, the following:

          (i) Standard Commercial General Liability Insurance. The limits of
     liability of such insurance shall be an amount not less than Two Million
     Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence, Personal Injury including death and
     Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence, Property Damage Liability
     or Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) combined single 


17
<PAGE>

     limit for Personal Injury and Property Damage Liability. Such policies
     shall name Landlord as a additional insured; and

          (ii) At Tenant's option, Tenant may provide the coverages required
     under this Subparagraph 14(a) through blanket policies of insurance
     covering Tenant's other properties or Tenant may self-insure. Tenant shall
     deliver a certificate of insurance evidencing the coverages (or such other
     evidence as Landlord may reasonably request) not earlier than thirty (30)
     days' prior to the Commencement Date, and at such other time, within thirty
     (30) days of Landlord's written request. Each policy will provide that
     Landlord shall receive at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice of
     cancellation, material alteration or nonrenewal of the policy.

          (iii) All risk property and casualty insurance, written at replacement
     cost value and with replacement cost endorsement covering all of Tenant's
     personal property in the Premises (including, without limitation, trade
     fixtures, floor coverings, furniture and other property removable by Tenant
     under the provisions of this Lease) and all other Leasehold improvements
     installed in the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant other than that which
     is included in the Landlord's Work on the Premises pursuant to the terms of
     this Lease.

     (b) Landlord shall maintain with an insurer reasonably acceptable to
Tenant:

          (i) Standard Commercial General Liability Insurance. The limits of
     liability of such insurance shall be an amount not less than Two Million
     Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence, for Personal Injury including death
     and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence, for Property Damage
     Liability or Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) combined single limit for
     Personal Injury and Property Damage Liability. Such policies shall name
     Tenant as additional insured; and

       (ii) "All risk" property insurance on the Building, the Premises
     (including all Tenant improvements) and the Related Areas insuring one
     hundred percent (100%) of the replacement value thereof. This insurance
     shall include, but not be limited to, fire and broad form extended coverage
     perils (including sprinkler leakage, sprinkler liability, and boiler
     coverages). The policy will contain appropriate endorsements waiving the
     insurer's right of subrogation against the Tenant. The property to be
     insured by Landlord shall also include all improvements and betterments in
     the Premises, but shall not include Tenant's furniture and furnishings or
     any fixture or equipment removable by Tenant under the provisions of this
     Lease. During the construction of the Premises and until completion thereof
     and coverage under the above-mentioned all risk property insurance policy,
     Landlord will maintain builder's risk insurance covering all work and
     materials in place on the Property.

          (iii) Landlord shall deliver a certificate of insurance evidencing the
     coverages described in this Subparagraph 14(b) (or such other evidence as
     Tenant may reasonably request) not earlier than thirty (30) days prior to
     the Commencement Date and not later than the Commencement Date, and at such
     other time, within thirty (30) days of Tenant's written request. Each
     policy will provide that Tenant shall receive at least thirty (30) days'
     prior written notice of cancellation, material alteration or non-renewal of
     the policy.


18
<PAGE>

          (iv) All proceeds payable at any time and from time to time by any
     insurance company under any policy required pursuant to Subparagraph
     (b)(ii) shall be utilized by Landlord for construction, rebuilding, repair
     or restoration of the damaged or destroyed improvements on the Property to
     the extent required therefore in accordance with the provision of Paragraph
     10(a), and not otherwise. To the extent that funds in excess of said
     proceeds are required to complete such work, Landlord shall provide such
     funds.

     (c) The minimum limits of liability coverages under Subparagraph 14(a)
shall be increased every five (5) years during the Lease Term and any Renewal
Periods in accordance with prevailing market conditions.


     15. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; ZONING.

     (a) In addition to the obligations to comply with laws set forth in
Subparagraph 19(a), Landlord shall, at its own expense, comply with all present
and future laws, ordinances, orders and regulations of federal, state, county
and township governments and of other governmental authorities having or
claiming jurisdiction over the Property, including, without limitation, The
Americans with Disabilities Act, the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act
of 1970 and regulations thereunder and all requirements of the Pennsylvania
Department of Labor and Industry. Landlord shall also cause the Building to
comply with the National Fire Code Bulletin entitled "NFPA 101 - Code for Safety
to Life." Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that, after completion of
the Landlord's Work and commencement of the Lease, any such new law, ordinance,
order or regulation is enacted or adopted, Tenant shall be responsible for
complying with the same if and to the extent that such compliance is required
for Tenant's use of the Property; provided that, during the last five (5) years
of the Lease Term or any Renewal Period, if such compliance requires structural
changes to the Buildings or any other repairs, replacements or improvements
which would be capitalized according to customary accounting practices, then
Landlord shall perform the same and the Landlord's actual costs of compliance
shall be amortized over the useful life or lives of the particular repair,
replacement or improvement required for such compliance and the amortized annual
cost thereof may be charged as Additional Rent over the balance of the Lease
term and any applicable extensions or renewals.

     (b) Landlord represents and warrants that the uses permitted pursuant to
Paragraph 4(a) of this Lease are permitted pursuant to the zoning regulations of
West Whiteland Township, Chester County, Pennsylvania, and that it shall obtain
all permits or approvals from said Township as are necessary for construction,
development, occupancy and use of the Premises as aforesaid.


     16. TENANT DEFAULT.

     (a) An "Event of Default by Tenant" shall have occurred if Tenant shall:

          (i) Subject to any right of offset provided in this Lease, fail to pay
     any installment of rent hereby reserved within ten (10) days after
     receiving written notice that the same is overdue, without any other notice
     to pay the installment, before being in default hereunder;


19
<PAGE>

          (ii) Default in fulfilling any other covenants or provisions of this
     Lease on its part to be performed and fail to remedy such default after
     Landlord shall have given Tenant written notice of such default within
     thirty (30) days of such notice or any such longer period of time as may be
     reasonably necessary for Tenant to complete a cure commenced within such
     thirty (30) day period and being diligently pursued to completion by
     Tenant.

          (iii) Vacate the Premises and permit the same to become unsecured and
     unattended.

     (b) Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Landlord may, at its
option, terminate this Lease, whereupon the estate hereby vested in Tenant shall
cease and any and all other right, title, and interest of Tenant hereunder shall
likewise cease without notice or lapse of time, as fully and with like effect as
if the entire term of this Lease had elapsed, but Tenant shall continue to be
liable to Landlord as hereinafter provided.

     (c) Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, or at any time thereafter,
in addition to and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies Landlord
shall have at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the right to re-enter the
Premises, after process required by law, and recover possession thereof and
dispossess any or all occupants of the Premises in the manner prescribed by the
statute relating to summary proceedings, or similar statutes, but Tenant in such
case shall remain liable to Landlord as hereinafter provided.

     (d) In case of any Event of Default, re-entry, expiration, and/or
dispossession by summary proceedings, whether or not this Lease shall have been
terminated as aforesaid:

          (i) All delinquent Annual Base Rent and Annual Additional Rent, and
     all other sums required to be paid by Tenant hereunder prior to the date of
     re-entry, expiration, and/or dispossession, together with interest at the
     Interest Rate (as hereinafter defined), shall become payable thereupon and
     be paid up to the time of such re-entry, expiration, and/or dispossession;

          (ii) Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to relet
     the Premises or any part or parts thereof for the account of Tenant, either
     in the name of Landlord or otherwise, for a term or terms which may, at
     Landlord's option, be less than or exceed the period which would otherwise
     have constituted the balance of the term of this Lease and on such
     conditions (which may include concessions or free rent) as Landlord, in its
     reasonable discretion, may determine and may collect and receive the rents
     therefor. Landlord shall in no way be responsible or liable for any failure
     to relet the Premises or any part thereof, or for any failure to collect
     any rent due upon any such reletting; and

          (iii) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any reasonable, actual,
     out-of-pocket expenses that Landlord may incur in connection with
     recovering possession of the Premises and reletting thereof, such as court
     costs, attorneys' fees, brokerage fees, costs of advertising, costs of
     repairs and/or replacements (if and to the extent the Landlord would have
     the right to make such repairs or replacements under Paragraph 9, above),
     and the reasonable costs of alterations or renovations reasonably required
     to ready the Premises for reletting, provided that such reasonable costs of
     reletting ("Reletting Costs") shall in no event exceed the amount of the
     Annual Base Rent payable for the remainder of the term of the Lease.


20
<PAGE>

     (e) If this Lease is terminated by Landlord pursuant to Subparagraph 16(b)
hereof, Tenant nevertheless shall remain liable for all Annual Base Rent and
Annual Additional Rent (exclusive of the Phase II Land Commitment), which may be
due or sustained prior to such termination, together with an amount (the
"Liquidated Amount") equal to the present worth (as of the date of such
termination) of (i) the Annual Base Rent and Annual Additional Rent, and all
other sums required to be paid by Tenant hereunder during the period which would
otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this Lease, and the
Reletting Costs, and reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and expenses incurred by
Landlord in pursuit of its remedies hereunder, less (ii) the fair market rental
value of the Premises for the remainder of the Term, as determined by an
independent certified commercial real estate appraiser selected by Landlord;
assuming that there will be a twelve (12) month period from the date of
termination to the date on which such fair market rental will commence. Such
Liquidated Amount calculated pursuant to this Subparagraph 16(e) shall be
payable to Landlord in one lump sum on demand. Further, upon Landlord obtaining
a judgment for the Liquidated Amount, the Liquidated Amount shall include
interest on the same at the Interest Rate, from the date of termination of this
Lease by Landlord until the date such judgment for the Liquidated Amount is paid
by Tenant. For purposes of this Subparagraph 16(e), "present worth" shall be
computed by discounting such amount to present worth at a discount rate equal to
one percent (1%) above the "Prime Rate" of interest announced as such by
Citibank, N.A. at its main New York City branch office, or if unavailable, a
similarly nationally recognized national measurement of the "Prime Rate".

     If this Lease is not terminated by Landlord pursuant to Subparagraph 16(d)
hereof, then without limiting Landlord's rights under Paragraph 16(c), Tenant
shall pay to Landlord, on a monthly basis, the difference between (A) the Annual
Base Rent and any Additional Rent and all sums required to be paid by Tenant
hereunder during the balance of the Term, and the Reletting Costs, and
reasonable attorneys' fees, costs, and expense incurred by Landlord in pursuit
of its remedies hereunder, and (B) the amount of Annual Base Rent, Annual
Additional Rent, and other sums received by Landlord from any tenant upon a
reletting of the Premises. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, if
Landlord elects to regain possession of the Premises, Landlord shall make all
commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Property following a default and
surrender of possession by Tenant.

     (f) TENANT HEREBY APPOINTS ANY ATTORNEY OF ANY COURT OF RECORD IN THE
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA TO APPEAR AS ATTORNEY FOR TENANT AS WELL AS FOR ALL
PERSONS CLAIMING BY, THROUGH, OR UNDER TENANT AND TO SIGN AN AGREEMENT FOR
ENTERING IN ANY COMPETENT COURT AN ACTION IN EJECTMENT AGAINST TENANT, AND ALL
PERSONS CLAIMING BY, THROUGH, OR UNDER TENANT AND THEREIN CONFESS 


21
<PAGE>

JUDGMENT FOR THE RECOVERY BY LANDLORD OF POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES, FOR
WHICH THIS LEASE SHALL BE ITS SUFFICIENT WARRANT, WHEREUPON, IF LANDLORD SO
DESIRES, A WRIT OF POSSESSION OR OTHER APPROPRIATE WRIT UNDER THE RULES OF CIVIL
PROCEDURE THEN IN EFFECT MAY ISSUE FORTHWITH, WITHOUT ANY PRIOR WRIT OR
PROCEEDINGS PROVIDED THAT TENANT'S AGREEMENT HEREIN TO CONFESS JUDGMENT IN AN
ACTION OF EJECTMENT IS GIVEN ON THE EXPRESS CONDITION THAT UNDER PENNSYLVANIA
LAW, TENANT SHALL, NOTWITHSTANDING SUCH CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT, RETAIN THE RIGHT
TO PETITION SAID COURT TO OPEN SAID JUDGMENT TO PERMIT TENANT TO RAISE AND
PURSUE ANY VALID DEFENSES THAT IT MIGHT HAVE, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, TO SUCH
EJECTMENT; HOWEVER, IF SUCH PROCEEDING IS TERMINATED AND THE POSSESSION OF THE
PREMISES IN OR BE RESTORED TO TENANT, LANDLORD SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT FOR THE SAME
EVENT OF DEFAULT, AND UPON ANY SUBSEQUENT EVENT OF DEFAULT OR DEFAULTS, OR UPON
THE TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE UNDER ANY OF THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE TO BRING ONE
OR MORE FURTHER ACTION OR ACTIONS AS HEREINBEFORE SET FORTH TO RECOVER
POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES AND CONFESS JUDGMENT FOR THE RECOVERY OF POSSESSION
OF THE PREMISES HEREINABOVE PROVIDED.


     17. LANDLORD DEFAULT.

     (a) If Landlord shall default or cause or permit a default in fulfilling
any covenant or provisions of this Lease on its part to be performed and fail to
remedy such default within thirty (30) days after Tenant shall have given
Landlord written notice of such default or, if the remedy takes longer than
thirty (30) days, Landlord's failure to complete the remedy within such longer
period of time as is reasonably required as long as Landlord promptly commences
the remedy and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion, then Tenant
shall have all rights, powers and remedies as may be permitted to it by law or
equity.

     (b) Without limiting the rights described in Subparagraph 17(a) above, in
the event that (i) Landlord, for any reason, defaults in fulfilling any covenant
or provision of this Lease on its part to be performed; and (ii) such default
materially and adversely interferes with the normal conduct of Tenant's business
operations; and (iii) such default is not remedied within five (5) days after
Tenant shall have given Landlord written notice of such default (provided that,
if the default is of a nature which cannot be reasonable cured within five (5)
days, then such period of five (5) days shall be extended for so long as is
reasonably necessary in the exercise of best efforts, but not more than an
additional twenty-five (25) days, to complete a cure initiated by Landlord
during such five (5) days period), then Tenant shall have the right, but not the
obligation, to remedy Landlord's default and charge Landlord for the reasonable
costs incurred in effecting such remedy plus a fee of ten percent (10%) of such
cost, which charges shall be payable by Landlord promptly upon demand, and upon
failure thereof, Tenant may set off the amount of such charges against Annual
Base Rent and Annual Additional Rent thereafter coming due under this Lease.


22
<PAGE>

     (c) Without limiting the rights described in Subparagraphs 17(a) and (b)
above, in the event that (i) Landlord fails to fulfill any covenant or provision
of this Lease, and (ii) such failure substantially and adversely interferes with
the quiet enjoyment of the Property or conduct of Tenant's business, and (iii)
such failure is not remedied within thirty (30) days after Tenant shall have
given Landlord written notice of such failure, then Tenant shall have the rights
to: abate rent coming due to the extent of any reduction in Tenant's ability to
use the Property on a per diem basis until such default is cured; to terminate
this Lease; and/or to exercise the purchase option set forth in Paragraph 30, on
the terms and conditions set forth therein except as follows. In the event that
Tenant elects to exercise such purchase option upon Landlord's default, all
transfer taxes shall be paid by Landlord.

     (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above set forth in Paragraphs
17(b) or (c), Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise its remedies for offset
or rent abatement provided thereunder unless and except to the extent that
Tenant first obtains a final judgment against Landlord for the amount to be
offset or abated pursuant to the terms thereof. Furthermore, Tenant may not
terminate this Lease pursuant to Subparagraph (c) above if and for so long as
Landlord is diligently pursuing the cure of Landlord's default if such default
is reasonably susceptible of cure within a reasonable period of time (not to
exceed ninety (90) days).


     18. SUBORDINATION. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien
of any mortgage deed of trust or ground lease hereafter placed on all or any
part of the Property, provided that the holder thereof (the "Holder") shall
agree in the mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease or otherwise that this Lease
and all rights, options and privileges of Tenant hereunder, including, without
limitation, the rights of first refusal, purchase options and expansion options
of Tenant, shall not be terminated or otherwise affected by the enforcement of
any such mortgage deed of trust or ground lease if at the time thereof Tenant is
not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable grace, notice or cure
periods ("Nondisturbance Agreement"). Simultaneously with the execution and
delivery of this Lease, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a Subordination,
Nondisturbance and Attornment Agreement executed by each Holder of any mortgage,
deed of trust or ground lease then encumbering all or any part of the Property
which agreement shall be substantially in the form appended hereto as Exhibit F,
subject to such changes as may be reasonably required by such Holder and
approved by Tenant, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld.


     19. LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

     (a) Landlord represents and warrants that the Property and the Phase II
Land, and the existing uses and to the best of Landlord's knowledge, after due
investigation, the prior uses thereof, comply with, and that Landlord is not in
violation of, and has not violated, in connection with the ownership, use,
maintenance or operation of the Property, the conduct of the business related
thereto, and/or the use, handling, storage or removal of toxic or hazardous
materials, any applicable federal, state, county or local statutes, laws,
regulations, rules, or codes, standards, orders, licenses and permits of any
governmental authorities relating to environmental matters (being hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Environmental Laws"). Landlord shall, 


23
<PAGE>

at its own expense, promptly observe and comply with all Environmental Laws
in connection with any activities by it or its contractors, agents or employees
on or about the Property. Landlord represents that it has received no notice of
any violation or claimed violation of any of the foregoing matters or of any
pending or contemplated investigation, lawsuit or other action relating thereto.
Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from any and all claims,
damages, fines, judgments, penalties, costs and liabilities arising due to or in
connection with the breach or inaccuracy of the foregoing provisions of this
Paragraph 19(a).

     (b) Landlord represents and warrants that there is no fact pertaining to
the physical condition of the Property or the Phase II Land or, to Landlord's
knowledge, the area surrounding the same (i) which Landlord has not disclosed to
Tenant in writing prior to the date of this Lease, and (ii) which materially
adversely affects or will materially adversely affect the Property, or the use,
development, enjoyment or value thereof, the exercise of Tenant's Phase II
Expansion Options, or Landlord's ability to perform the obligations contemplated
by this Lease.

     (c) With respect to the development of the Property and construction of the
Buildings and Phase II Expansion thereof, Landlord represents and warrants,
after due investigation and inquiry, that:

          (i) Landlord has met or is able to meet any presently existing or, to
     the best of Landlord's knowledge, pending requirements of the West
     Whiteland Township Historic Commission in connection with the design,
     planning and location of the Buildings and Related Areas and, in
     particular, the Manufacturing Buildings and Related Areas.

          (ii) Landlord is able to perform any and all necessary roadway,
     utility, stormwater and easement improvements and relocations required to
     develop the Property and construct the Buildings and Related Areas in
     accordance with the Base Plans and Specifications, including both with
     respect to the initial Property and the Phase II Expansions, and all such
     work (except for the Phase II road, utility, and sanitary and storm sewer
     relocations described in Exhibit L) shall be performed by Landlord at its
     cost and included, without further adjustment on account of such cost, in
     the Annual Base Rent.

          (iii) Landlord represents and warrants that all utilities and
     stormwater management facilities required for Tenant's occupancy and use of
     the Buildings in accordance with the Plans and Specifications are available
     at or adjacent to the Property and that the costs of relocating, improving
     and connecting all such facilities and utilities to the Buildings (except
     for the Phase II road, utility, and sanitary and storm sewer relocations
     described in Exhibit L) have been included in the establishment of the
     Annual Base Rent and will be made without additional charge or cost to
     Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges that the
     modification of the existing stormwater management basin to accommodate
     Phase II shall not be performed until the time of Phase II Building
     construction. If and when directed by Tenant, Landlord shall obtain any and
     all necessary sewer permits and allocations for the Phase II Expansions at
     the time of processing the plans and approvals and sewer permits and
     allocations for the initial Buildings to be constructed pursuant to this
     Lease and will maintain the same in full force and effect throughout the
     term of the Lease and until exercise or release by Tenant of the 



24
<PAGE>

     Phase II Office Expansion and the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion. If
     there are any reservation fees payable for sewage EDUs needed in connection
     with the Phase II Expansion, above and beyond those necessary for Phase I,
     Landlord shall, at Tenant's option and direction, purchase the necessary
     reservation of sewer capacity for Phase II and the cost thereof (without
     any markup or add on by Landlord) shall be advanced by Tenant as a project
     cost in accordance with the loan provisions of Paragraph 20.A and, upon
     repayment by Landlord, shall included as a Tenant soft cost adjustment to
     the Annual Base Rent pursuant to the provisions of Article 20, below.

          (iv) The existing off-site stormwater management basins on and
     adjacent to the Property are sufficient to receive, detain and manage the
     stormwater from the Property and from the Phase II Expansions in accordance
     with all laws, ordinances and regulations, and any and all necessary
     easements and rights-of-way for the discharge of such stormwater runoff
     from the Property and the Phase II Expansions are in existence and have
     been recorded or, to the extent not in existence or recorded, will be
     prepared, obtained and recorded by Landlord on terms reviewed and approved
     by Tenant on or before the time for commencement of construction in
     accordance with Paragraph 33 below.

          (v) The height of the Buildings, as shown on the Base Plans and
     Specifications, meets the existing requirements and limitations of the West
     Whiteland Township Zoning and Building Ordinances.

          (vi) No proceedings in eminent domain or other governmental or private
     action or proceeding are pending or, to Landlord's knowledge, threatened
     against or involving the Property or the Phase II Land or any part thereof.
     The Property and Phase II Land contain no wetlands, soil conditions,
     geologic conditions or other physical conditions would preclude or
     materially interfere with Landlord's ability to develop the Property and
     the Phase II Land in accordance with this Lease. No zoning or other land
     use regulations now in existence or pending or, to Landlord's knowledge,
     threatened would preclude or materially interfere with Landlord's
     development of the Property and the Phase II Land in accordance with this
     Lease.

     (d) Any breach by Landlord of the warranties contained herein or elsewhere
in this Lease or the existence of any facts or conditions rendering Landlord's
representations and warranties materially inaccurate when made, shall constitute
a default by Landlord under this Lease.


     20. CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING AND RELATED AREAS.

     (a) The Buildings shall consist of a four-story, 80,000 square foot Office
Building to be constructed on Lot 4 and a 60,000 square foot, one-story
Manufacturing Building to be constructed on Lots 7 and 8. The construction of
the Buildings and Related Areas shall be according to plans and specifications
("Final Plans") to be prepared from the base drawings, specifications and work
standards (the "Base Plans and Specifications") attached hereto as Exhibit C.
Not later than seven (7) days after execution of this Lease, Landlord shall
enter into a binding contract with an architect licensed to practice in the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the "Architect"), 


25
<PAGE>

who shall be satisfactory to Tenant. The Architect shall make such
revisions to the Base Plans and Specifications as are necessary to create
building plans and specifications ("Final Plans") conforming to (i) all
applicable governmental laws, regulations, ordinances and code requirements,
(ii) the provisions of any private covenants applicable to the Properties, and
(iii) the site conditions of the Land, and which will allow Landlord to obtain
permits based on such plans. The Final Plans shall include: (i) all engineering
plans, subdivision plans, land development plans, and all structural,
mechanical, fire suppression, life safety and landscaping plans as are required
for construction of fully engineered Buildings and development of the Related
Areas in accordance with the foregoing standards; and (ii) all such additional
plans as may be necessary to secure conditional use zoning approval for both
Phase I and Phase II. The Final Plans shall be reviewed by the parties who shall
consult and cooperate with each other during the course of the preparation and
subsequent revisions of the Final Plans and who shall diligently work towards
achieving mutually satisfactory Final Plans. In the event Tenant and Landlord
cannot reasonably agree upon mutually satisfactory plans within three (3) months
following the date of this Lease, either party may (subject to the provisions of
Paragraph 20(l)(iii) below, by seven (7) days prior written notice to the other,
cancel and terminate the Lease, provided that Landlord shall not be entitled to
terminate the Lease as a result of costs of construction if the plans and
specifications desired by Tenant are consistent with the Base Plans and
Specifications, it being the intent of the parties that the Annual Base Rent,
set forth in Paragraph 6, has been established on the basis of Landlord's total
cost of construction of the Buildings, Related Areas and all Building fixtures
and equipment or set forth in the Base Plans and Specifications, with the
exception only of Tenant improvements in excess of the allowances which are
stated in Exhibit E ("Allowances") and approved alternates listed on Exhibit M.
The complete construction and development of the Buildings and Related Areas in
accordance with the Final Plans and Specifications, and subject to such change
orders and Tenant improvements, as are mutually agreed in accordance with the
provisions set forth below, are referred to in this Lease as the "Landlord's
Work". When the Final Plans are approved by Landlord and Tenant, such plans
shall be initialed and dated by the parties.

     (b) Without limiting any requirements set forth in Subparagraph (a), above,
Landlord and Tenant agree to proceed to completion of Final Plans and
Specifications on a progress basis as follows. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant
revisions to the Base Plans and Specifications on progress basis, with reference
to completion of Final Plans and Specifications of 33 1/3%, 66 2/3% and 100%
progress levels of completion. With respect to each such completion level,
Landlord shall produce the necessary plans and specifications revised at that
level of progress, Tenant shall thereafter review the same and notify Landlord
in writing of Tenant's rejection, approval or approval conditioned upon
requested corrections for such level, and Landlord then shall incorporate any
Tenant requested corrections therein prior to the delivery of the plans and
specifications revised to the next progress level. If Landlord and Tenant fail
to agree on any plans making up the Final Plans and Specifications by the "End
Dates" therefor set forth in the Developer Schedule attached as Exhibit D, then
either party may terminate the Lease, subject to the limitation on Landlord's
termination set forth in Subparagraph (a), above, and Tenant's liability for
reimbursement of early start-up expenses under Paragraph 20(l)(iii) below.
However, Landlord may not elect to terminate if the failure to reach agreement
on any of the Final Plans and Specifications is due to Landlord's failure to
timely prepare or supply the necessary revisions to the Plans and
Specifications.


26
<PAGE>

     (c) Landlord shall, at its sole cost, cause the Landlord's Work to be
performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with the level of care,
quality and workmanship for a class A suburban office building and manufacturing
building, and in conformance with the Final Plans and Specifications and all
codes, ordinances, laws, regulations, industry standards and specifications and
all zoning, land development, building and other permits and approvals. Landlord
will be responsible for obtaining all requisite building, land development, soil
and erosion control, subdivision, labor and industry and other permits and
approvals required for performing Landlord's Work and occupancy of the
Buildings. Subject to delays caused by changes requested by Tenant to the Final
Plans and Specifications, Landlord's Work and construction of the Buildings
shall commence not later than the "Start Dates" for each portion thereof, as set
forth in the Developer Schedule attached as Exhibit D, and such construction
shall thereafter proceed diligently to completion. Prior thereto, and not later
than the "End Dates" respectively set forth on Exhibit D, Landlord shall have
completed the phases of Landlord's Work stated therein. By the End Dates for
each respective Building Shell and Building Tenant improvements, Landlord shall
have Substantially Completed all of Landlord's Work on such Building and the
Related Areas for such Building including, without limitation, all parking
areas, landscaping, access roads, sidewalks, entrances and exists, traffic
control devices required by the appropriate plans, governmental authorities,
ordinances or approvals, utilities, site lighting and stormwater management
facilities. The course of construction shall proceed, after commencement, in
strict accordance with the timeframes stated in the "Developer Schedule"
attached as Exhibit D, subject only to delays permitted under Paragraph 5(c) or
caused by changes requested by Tenant to the Final Plans and Specifications,
provided such delays due to Tenant changes may occur only if and for the periods
that have been agreed as a consequence of such changes as set forth in a written
change order ("Change Order") executed by Landlord and Tenant. Notwithstanding
anything herein, the times for completion of Landlord's Work as stated herein
and in Exhibit D shall not be extended or otherwise affected by corrections of
Work required by Tenant to be performed by Landlord pursuant to the terms of
this article hereinbelow, where such corrections are due to the failure of
Landlord's Work to comply with the Final Plans and Specifications, laws,
ordinances or regulations, permits or approvals, or any other standards or
workmanship or performance contained in this Lease.

     (d) [intentionally deleted]

     (e) Costs of Landlord's Work.

          (i) The Annual Base Rent stated in Paragraph 6 has been established by
     the parties on the basis of the project cost allocation budget attached
     hereto as Exhibit E (the "Budget"). The Budget reflects the Landlord's
     entire costs relating to the performance of the Landlord's Work including,
     without limitation, the costs allocated to the Land ("Land Costs"), all
     off-site, on-site, shell, overhead and soft costs relating to the
     Landlord's Work and the cost of Allowances for Tenant improvements up to
     the amounts set forth in Exhibit E. Specifically, and without limitation,
     the Annual Base Rent includes, and there shall be no adjustment of Annual
     Base Rent on account of, the following:


27
<PAGE>

               (A) All costs incurred for the payment of contractors,
          subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers in the construction of the
          Buildings and Related Areas in accordance with the Final Plans;

               (B) All fees and costs charged by any entity or incurred by
          Landlord in connection with permits and approvals, easements,
          rights-of-way, and sewer and utility reservations for the Landlord's
          Work (including, for this purpose, all conditional use zoning
          approvals and all easements, rights-of-way and sewer and utility
          reservations for Phase I);

               (C) All inspection and review fees charged by the Commonwealth of
          Pennsylvania or West Whiteland Township and by the Architect or any
          engineer or independent testing or inspection entity contracted with
          or employed by Landlord and required by Landlord's construction and/or
          permanent mortgagee or West Whiteland Township in connection with the
          construction of the Buildings and Related Areas;

               (D) All architectural or engineering consulting fees incurred in
          preparing the Final Plans or obtaining permits and approvals based
          thereon, including fees of civil engineers, traffic consultants,
          geotechnical engineers, environmental consultants, structural
          engineers, mechanical engineers, electrical engineers, plumbing
          engineers, architects and landscape architects (but excluding any of
          the foregoing relating to Tenant improvements in excess of
          allowances);

               (E) Landlord's and/or the General Contractor's profit and
          overhead;

               (F) Cost of general conditions encountered in the performance of
          the Landlord's Work;

               (G) Any premiums for builder's risk and owner's liability
          insurance;

               (H) Any legal fees incurred by Landlord in connection with this
          Lease or the Landlord's Work or any changes therein.

               It is the intent of the parties that the Annual Base Rent has
          been established to include all of the above costs and that there
          shall be no adjustment with respect to such costs for off-site,
          on-site and shell improvements and Tenant improvements within
          Allowances.

          (ii) The Annual Base Rent set forth in Paragraph 6 shall be adjusted
     only on account of: (A) Tenant requested changes from the Base Plans and
     Specifications or Final Plans and Specifications or approved alternates
     stated therein ("Changes") which increase or decrease the actual costs of
     the Landlord's Work; and (B) the actual costs relating to Tenant
     improvements below or above the Allowances. Landlord's Work relating to any
     such Tenant 


28
<PAGE>

     requested Changes shall be performed on a "Closed Book" basis as
     defined below in Subparagraph (iii). Landlord's Work on Tenant improvements
     shall be performed on an "Open Book" basis defined below in Subparagraph
     (iv). For the purposes of establishing the amount of any adjustment to
     Annual Base Rent, whether calculated on a Closed Book basis or an Open Book
     basis, the term "Landlord's Costs", as used hereinbelow, shall mean and
     refer only to: (A) the actual amounts paid or payable, without markup by
     the Landlord, pursuant to the General Contractor's subcontracts or supply
     contracts for labor and materials needed to perform the Landlord's Work on
     the Changes or Tenant improvements, together with design fees, permit fees
     and increases in insurance premiums (if any of the foregoing) as are
     directly attributable thereto; plus (B) a fee of four percent (4%) of the
     foregoing amounts with respect to Landlord's Work on the Office Building or
     five percent (5%) of the foregoing amounts with respect to Landlord's Work
     on the Manufacturing Building. However, for these purposes, the Landlord's
     Costs attributable to Changes or Tenant improvements shall not include any
     additional costs or expenses which the Landlord may incur on account of
     general conditions, legal or other fees, costs or expenses described in
     Subparagraph e(i), above.

          (iii) For purposes hereof, "Closed Book" shall describe a process by
     which any increase or decrease in the Landlord's Costs attributable to
     Tenant requested Changes shall be established and agreed as a fixed lump
     sum prior to the implementation of the Change. The determination of the
     increase or decrease in the Landlord's Costs as a result of such Change
     shall be made as follows. If Tenant desires any Changes, Tenant will so
     notify Landlord and Landlord shall promptly thereafter advise Tenant of
     Landlord's estimate of the increase or decrease in the Landlord's Costs
     which will result from such Change. Unless otherwise agreed, Landlord shall
     furnish such estimate not later than five (5) days after Tenant's
     notification of a requested Change. If the Tenant agrees with the
     Landlord's estimate of the proposed increase or decrease in the Landlord's
     Costs on account of such Change, the parties shall proceed to document such
     Change by written change order in accordance with Paragraph (f) of this
     Article, below. Landlord and Tenant shall each use their best efforts to
     come to agreement on the amount of any increase or decrease in the
     Landlord's Costs attributable to the requested Change. If the parties,
     despite such best efforts, fail to agree, then either party may submit the
     matter to the Consultant for resolution in the manner provided for
     resolution of Claims under Paragraph 31 of this Lease, below. In such case,
     the Consultant shall prepare a written change order which incorporates the
     Closed Book cost of the Change and, absent objection by the other party in
     the manner specified under Paragraph 31(c), the Consultant's change order
     shall have the same effect as a written change order mutually executed by
     the parties.

          (iv) For purposes hereof, "Open Book" shall describe a process whereby
     any increase or decrease in the Landlord's Costs attributable to a
     performance of Landlord's Work on Tenant improvements subject to Allowances
     are determined as follows. Landlord shall perform all work on Tenant
     improvements in accordance with Tenant's written orders and the Costs
     thereof shall be charged against the Allowances. For this purpose, the
     Costs of Tenant improvements shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the
     Landlord's Costs as defined above to include the total fee of four percent
     (4%) with respect to any such Landlord's Work on Tenant's improvements for
     the Office Building and a total fee of five percent (5%) for Landlord's
     Work for Tenant improvements for the Manufacturing Building. No overhead or
     


29
<PAGE>

     profit of the General Contractor and no other costs or expenses excluded
     from Landlord's Costs under Subparagraph (ii) of this Paragraph (e) shall
     be included in the Open Book accounting for Landlord's Work on Tenant
     improvements. Landlord shall, promptly after request by Tenant, advise
     Tenant of Landlord's best estimate of the Open Book cost of the Tenant
     improvements proposed by Tenant. Unless otherwise agreed, such estimate
     shall be furnished by Landlord not later than five (5) days after Tenant's
     written request therefore. The Costs of such Tenant improvements shall be
     charged against Allowances on an Open Book basis regardless of the amount
     estimated therefor by Landlord upon any such request by Tenant. However,
     Landlord shall at all times promptly apprise Tenant, in writing, as and
     when Landlord determines that any Open Book costs on Tenant improvements
     have exceeded or may exceed the Landlord's estimate therefor.

          (v) Subject to approval of funding by the construction lender
     financing the Landlord's Work, Landlord agrees to fund all Tenant
     improvements, upon direction by Tenant, from the budgeted Allowances and,
     to the extent the Allowances are exceeded, as an Open Book adjustment to
     the Landlord's Costs in accordance with the preceding Subparagraph (iv). In
     the same manner, Landlord will, upon direction from Tenant, fund any
     miscellaneous design fees, permit fees or other soft costs which are not
     the Landlord's responsibility under this Lease. For example, but without
     limitation, Tenant may fund the purchase of additional sewage capacity for
     Phase II as an Open Book adjustment to the Landlord's Costs. Any such soft
     costs funded by Tenant as an Open Book adjustment to the Landlord's Costs
     shall be paid directly by Landlord or, to the extent paid by Tenant, shall
     be reimbursed by Landlord at the time of construction loan funding. There
     shall be no added fee by Landlord with respect to any such soft costs which
     the Tenant funds from the Allowance budget or as an Open Book adjustment to
     the Landlord's Costs.

     (f) At the time that Landlord shall promptly advise Tenant of Landlord's
estimate of the increase or decrease in the Landlord's Costs resulting from a
Tenant requested Change, Landlord shall also advise Tenant of any projected
delay in achieving Substantial Completion that would result therefrom. Tenant
shall have no obligation to pay for such change and there shall be no adjustment
to the Annual Base Rent on account of such change, nor shall the time for
Substantial Completion be extended as a result of such change, unless approved
by a written change order signed by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord may
require changes in the Final Plans and Specifications only if Landlord and
Tenant sign a change order. The cost of any change orders that are necessary to
comply with applicable laws, ordinance, regulations, approvals, or standards of
workmanship or materials under this Lease shall be borne solely by Landlord and
shall not affect the amount of the Annual Base Rent. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, however, Changes required for compliance with laws or regulations
which are first enacted or adopted after completion of the Final Plan and
Specifications shall result in adjustments to Annual Base Rent in the same
manner as other changes hereunder.

     (g) Tenant will furnish Landlord with a written list of Tenant's authorized
construction representatives for Landlord's Work. Only such construction
representatives are authorized to sign any Tenant improvements orders, change
order, receipt or other document on behalf of Tenant relating to Landlord's Work
and without the signature of such authorized 


30
<PAGE>

construction representative, no such document shall be binding upon Tenant.
Tenant may, from time to time, change or add to the list of authorized
construction representatives by giving Landlord written notice of the addition
or change. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall cause its authorized
construction representatives to execute such work orders or selection forms
relating to Tenant improvements as may be necessary to direct or confirm any
specific materials, equipment, finishes or fixtures on the Tenant improvements
in time for Landlord to perform the Landlord's Work on the same in accordance
with the Developer Schedule attached as Exhibit D.

     (h) Only Changes in the Final Plans and Specifications ordered by Tenant
and evidenced by written change orders executed by both parties after approval
of the Final Plans and Specifications and Tenant improvements costing more or
less than provided by the Allowances shall result in an increase or decrease in
the Annual Base Rent stated in Paragraph 6. Such increase or decrease shall be
amortized on a full pay-out basis over the initial twenty (20) year term of this
Lease at a rate of interest equal to that payable on Landlord's permanent
financing loan (not to exceed eight and one-half percent (8.5%) per annum). At
such time as Landlord provides Tenant with its estimate of costs, Landlord shall
also advise Tenant of the estimated increase or decrease in rent in the Annual
Base Rent based on the Closed Book cost of any Tenant ordered Changes, and/or
Open Book cost of Tenant improvements less or more than Allowances, and a final
accounting therefor shall be provided in writing no later than forty-five (45)
days after the date of any Change order and after the date that any final Open
Book costs of any Tenant improvements are finally determined. In addition,
Landlord shall provide Tenant with a written accounting on a monthly basis
itemizing and cumulating all adjustments to Annual Base Rent made on the basis
of Closed Book changes by then agreed and Open Book improvements whose cost is
then finally determined. Landlord shall provide Tenant with its final accounting
of adjustments to Annual Base Rent for each Building no later than the date of
Substantial Completion of that Building. Upon completion of all adjustments to
the Annual Base Rent in accordance with the foregoing Subparagraphs (e) through
(h) of this Paragraph 20, the Annual Base Rent shall be, and all references to
the Annual Base Rent in this Lease shall refer to, the Annual Base Rent as so
adjusted. At the time that any accounting is made for the adjustments to Annual
Base Rent permitted hereunder, such accounting shall segregate the adjustments
between those applicable to the Office Property and those applicable to the
Manufacturing Property, so that the Annual Base Rent, as adjusted, is allocated
between the Office Property and the Manufacturing Property in the same fashion
that the Annual Base Rent originally stated in Paragraph 6 was allocated between
the Office Property and Manufacturing Property thereunder.

     (i) Landlord's Work shall be performed by Knauer and Gorman Construction
Company, Inc. (the "General Contractor"). Landlord shall enter into a contract
with the General Contractor for performance of Landlord's Work, which contract
shall (i) require insurance coverage in amounts and types mutually and
reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant; (ii) include a requirement that
Landlord's Work shall be completed in accordance with the Construction Schedule;
(iii) require the filing of a waiver of liens or waivers binding on all
subcontractors and suppliers prior to commencement of any work; and (iv)
otherwise be in a form mutually and reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant
(the "General Contract"). Tenant shall have the right to select, in its sole
discretion, the subcontractors to perform any portions of Landlord's Work that
involve Tenant's telecommunications, data system/hardware, 


31
<PAGE>

security, furniture, manufacturing fixtures and equipment and
graphics/plans, provided that such subcontractors are compatible with local
labor conditions and do not adversely impact on the General Contractor's
schedule. Landlord shall be solely responsible for all payments and other
liabilities or obligations to the General Contractor, Landlord's other
contractors, agents or employees who participate in the Landlord's Work. Nothing
in the Final Plans creates any authority for Landlord, its agents, employees or
contractors to act on behalf of Tenant or cause Tenant to incur any obligation
or liability. Tenant shall have no liability whatsoever as a result of any acts,
labor practices, omissions, property damage, personal injuries, employee claims,
disputes or injuries or otherwise arising out of the performance by the general
contractor and its subcontractors and its or their agents, employees and
suppliers in the performance of any part of the Landlord's Work or any related
activity on the Property or adjacent properties. Landlord shall indemnify and
hold harmless Tenant, and shall require, in its contract with the General
Contractor, that the General Contractor and its subcontractors, likewise
indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from and against any and all claims,
liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including court costs and costs of
defense by counsel of Tenant's choice) arising in connection with any such acts,
omissions or liabilities of the Landlord, its General Contractor and its and
their subcontractors, agents or employees.

     (j) During the progress of Landlord's Work, Tenant and its agents and
employees may, from time to time, inspect the Building. In connection therewith,
Tenant's consultants shall have the right to continuously monitor Landlord's
Work. If, during such construction, Tenant and its agents and employees
determine that the construction, work or materials are not being performed or
supplied in accordance with the Final Plans and Specifications, standards of
workmanship or materials set forth in this Lease, permits approvals, laws or
regulations, or in keeping with the Construction Schedule, Tenant will give
prompt notice in writing to Landlord, specifying in detail the particular
deficiency, omission or other respect in which Tenant claims such construction
does not conform with the requirements of this Lease. Upon the receipt of any
such notice, Landlord will, without any adjustment to rent or extension of time,
cause any corrections to be made to such construction that may be necessary to
cause Landlord's Work to conform to all standards and requirements of this
Lease.

     (k) Landlord warrants to Tenant for a period of five (5) years from the
Commencement Date as to the Shells and Related Areas and for a period of one (1)
year from the Commencement Date as to Tenant improvements that Landlord's Work
shall be completed by Landlord in a good and workmanlike manner, free from
faulty materials, in accordance with all applicable law, ordinances,
regulations, permits and approvals and other applicable legal requirements, and
sound engineering standards, in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement, and in accordance with the Final Plans and Specifications. Such
warranty includes, without limitation, the repair or replacement (including
labor), at Landlord's sole cost, of all materials, systems, fixtures and
equipment which are not in conformance with the foregoing standards, otherwise
defective or which are defectively installed by Landlord in connection with
Landlord's Work. Landlord shall, at Tenant's option, assign to Tenant, or
enforce for the benefit of Tenant, all warranties from subcontractors and
material suppliers for such materials, systems, workmanship, fixtures and
equipment. The provisions of this Subparagraph 20(k) shall survive the
termination or expiration of this Lease.


32
<PAGE>


     (l) Notwithstanding any provision contained elsewhere herein to the
contrary:

          (i) Tenant shall have the absolute right to terminate this Lease upon
     prior written notice to the Landlord of a period stated below (the "Notice
     Period") upon the occurrence of any of the following events, provided
     Landlord has not completed or satisfied the conditions set forth below
     within the said applicable notice period stated below:

               (A) If Tenant and Landlord cannot agree upon mutually
          satisfactory Final Plans and Specifications within three (3) months
          following the date hereof, or on any particular part of the Plans and
          Specifications by the time set forth in Exhibit D. The Notice Period
          for this event will be thirty (30) days.

               (B) If Landlord has not procured all requisite permits and
          approvals for construction of the Buildings and Related Areas
          according to the Final Plans and commenced construction pursuant
          thereto by the time allowed for commencement of construction under
          Subparagraph 20(c) above. The Notice Period for this event will be
          sixty (60) days.

               (C) Subject only to such delays as may be permitted under the
          express terms of this Lease, if Landlord has not commenced
          construction of the Buildings and Related Areas by the time(s)
          respectively provided under Subparagraph 20(c) above and the Developer
          Schedule attached as Exhibit D hereto. The Notice Period for this
          event will be sixty (60) days.

          (ii) For purposes of the foregoing subparagraphs, all permits and
     approvals mentioned above shall be in final, unappealed and unappealable
     form and shall include any and all necessary easements and rights-of-way
     for utilities and stormwater management in locations shown on the Final
     Plans or otherwise mutually agreed.

          (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that this Lease is
     terminated by Tenant due to (a) a failure of Landlord and Tenant to agree
     on Plans and Specifications, then, if such failure has not been due to a
     failure or delay by Landlord in preparing or delivering such Plans and
     Specifications meeting the criteria of this Lease or in responding to
     Tenant's requests and requirements relating thereto and meeting the
     requirements of this Lease, or (b) a failure by Landlord, despite all
     reasonable efforts to procure permits and approvals as provided in
     Subparagraph (i)(B) above and such failure has not been due to a breach of
     Landlord's representations and warranties under this Lease, then, upon such
     termination, Landlord shall be entitled to payment or reimbursement by
     Tenant (to the extent not theretofore already paid or reimbursed to
     Landlord) of such amounts as Landlord shall have, prior thereto, expended
     or incurred on account of early startup expenses (the "Early Startup
     Expenses") in connection with this Lease. The Early Startup Expenses shall
     be limited to expenses paid or incurred from those categories which are
     itemized in Exhibit I attached hereto and made a part hereof. Tenant's
     liability for Early Startup Expenses shall not exceed the total sum of
     Fifty Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars ($50,800.00).


33
<PAGE>


          (iv) In addition to the option to terminate for the reasons stated
     under Subparagraph (i) of this Paragraph 20(1), above, Tenant may, upon
     expiration of the same applicable period following written notification,
     elect to exercise its purchase option described below under Paragraph
     26(a)(ii).

     (m) Notwithstanding anything herein, at all times during the construction
of the Buildings, provided Tenant has delivered to Landlord proof of insurance
as required under Paragraph 14, Landlord shall permit access by Tenant and
Tenant's contractors, subcontractors and employees, for purposes of installing
any systems, fixtures, equipment or other Tenant improvements necessary or
desired by Tenant for use and occupancy of the Buildings and not included in the
Landlord's Work. Tenant shall, to the fullest extent practical, coordinate any
such work with Landlord's Work. Any such entry or activity by Tenant or its
contractors, subcontractors or employees on the Office Property prior to the
120th day before its scheduled Substantial Completion date and any such entry or
activity on the Manufacturing Property prior to the 60th day before its
scheduled Substantial Completion date shall be only after notice to and
consultation with Landlord, in advance, and shall be at such times and hours as
shall have been scheduled in advance with Landlord so as not to interfere with
the performance by Landlord and its general contractor and subcontractors of the
Landlord's Work. Landlord agrees to promptly respond to any requests by Tenant,
from time to time, to schedule work by Tenant's contractors or subcontractors
and shall be deemed to have approved any entry or activity by Tenant or its
contractors or subcontractors of which Landlord has been given written notice at
least 7 days in advance by Tenant and to which Landlord has not objected for
reasons stated and with an alternative schedule offered in writing.


     20.A. PROJECT COST LOAN TO LANDLORD.

     (a) Attached hereto as Exhibit O is a schedule of project related costs
which Landlord may fund by way of a loan from Tenant. Tenant shall advance such
funds on an as needed basis only within thirty (30) days after request by
Landlord and presentation of supporting invoices mentioned in Exhibit O. All
funds advanced by Tenant shall bear interest at the rate of nine percent (9%)
per annum and shall be repaid with interest accrued upon construction loan
closing. In the event of a termination of this Lease occurring prior to
construction loan closing for any reason other than a material default by
Landlord under the provisions of Paragraph 19 hereof or in pursuing governmental
approvals and permits or financing, Landlord shall be obligated to repay only
one-half of the funds advanced with interest on such funds at the rate above
stated upon Lease termination. In the event of such termination due to
Landlord's material default, as above described, all such amounts (i.e., not
limited to one-half) shall be repaid upon Lease termination. Landlord's
obligation to repay the funds advanced by Tenant shall be evidenced by a
judgment note executed by Landlord, Oaklands Business Park, Inc., James J.
Gorman and Christopher J. Knauer, jointly and severally. Such judgment note
shall be in the full amount indicated on Exhibit O, plus $420,000.00 for
financing placement fees which may be advanced pursuant to the loan, for a total
of $950,900.00.


34
<PAGE>


     (b) If Tenant elects to exercise the Phase II expansion options, Tenant
agrees to fund Landlord's Phase II project-related cash requirements for the
same categories of costs and for the same percentages of those costs as are
itemized in Exhibit O for Phase I. Such funding shall be provided by way of a
loan at the prime rate (as then quoted by the Wall Street Journal) plus one-half
percent (0.5%).

     (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant will
not be obligated to fund any project costs under the Article unless and until
Landlord completes an application to the proposed mortgage lender, pays the
application fee thereof, and executes the above-mentioned judgment note.


     21. EXTENSION RIGHT; HOLDING OVER.

     (a) Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term of this Lease, as
extended by one or more of the Renewal Periods described in Paragraph 5(d),
above, for a period of six (6) months (the "Extension Period") (the "Extension
Right"). The Extension Right shall be exercised by Tenant delivering written
notice to Landlord at least three (3) months prior to the Expiration Date, as
extended by one or more of the Renewal Periods. The Extension Period shall be
subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Lease and each monthly
installment of Annual Base Rent shall be the monthly installment of Annual Base
Rent in effect during the last month prior to the Extension Period.

     (b) If Tenant shall hold over after the expiration of the Term (as the same
may be extended under Subparagraph (a) above, or Paragraph 5(d), above, its
tenancy shall be on a month-to-month basis and shall be subject to all of the
terms, conditions, provisions and obligations of this Lease, except that its
monthly rental beginning on the first month after the expiration of the Term
shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the monthly Annual Base Rent
installment that applied to the last month of the Term. This holdover rental
amount shall be Landlord's exclusive right and remedy against Tenant and shall
be deemed to cover all liabilities, obligations or charges which may be incurred
by Landlord because of a holdover by Tenant except for Annual Additional Rent
which shall remain payable in addition thereto.


     22. NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted under this Lease shall be in
writing, sent by reputable private carrier of overnight mail or mailed by United
States Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, postage prepaid, in each case
addressed as shown in Paragraph 1.

     Either Landlord or Tenant may, by notice to the other, change the
address(es) to which notices are to be sent. All notices shall be deemed
effective upon the date of delivery by Federal Express or other overnight,
nationally recognized private carrier providing receipts or positive tracking of
deliveries, or two business days after the date of mailing by United States
Certified Mail.


35
<PAGE>


     23. MISCELLANEOUS.

     (a) No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to either party is
intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and
remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right or remedy given
hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. The failure of
either party to insist upon the strict performance or any obligation shall not
be deemed a waiver thereof.

     (b) If any provision of this Lease, or its application to any situation,
shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease, or
the application thereof to situations other than as to which it is invalid or
unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and every provision of this Lease
shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

     (c) This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and may
be amended only by written agreement of the parties.

     (d) This Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted
assigns.

     (e) Landlord and Tenant agree that, in fulfilling all terms and conditions
of this Lease, time is of the essence.

     (f) Subject to compliance with the Park covenants and with local laws and
ordinances regarding exterior signage, Tenant shall be entitled to install its
exterior facade, entry door, and free-standing and/or monument signage. The
initial signage may include the installation of Tenant's existing monument sign
or one comparable to it and any approval needed for such sign under the Park
covenants is hereby granted or has been obtained by Landlord. Any signage
permitted hereunder may be replaced, supplemented and/or removed from time to
time subject only to compliance with local laws and ordinances.

     (g) Each of the parties hereby represents to the other that it has not
dealt or negotiated with any real estate broker with reference to this Lease,
except for Lieberman, Earley & Co., whose fee or commission shall be paid by
Tenant in accordance with the terms of a separate agreement between such broker
and the Tenant. Each party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other
against and from any and all commissions or other fees, charges, costs or
expenses claimed by any such other real estate broker or other person allegedly
arising out of the dealings between such person and Tenant in respect of this
Lease or the Property.

     (h) Tenant's purchase options hereunder shall not be assignable except to
an approved assignee of Tenant's leasehold interest as provided in Paragraph
8(b) or to any entity whatsoever in connection with a proposed purchase and
lease-back to Tenant or any subsidiary or affiliate of Tenant.


36
<PAGE>


     24. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

     (a) From and after the effective date and during the term of this Lease and
any extension or renewal hereof, Tenant shall have the right of first refusal
and Landlord shall not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of
Landlord's interest in the Property or the Phase II Land or any portion thereof
(other than a sale, transfer or disposition to any person or entity affiliated
with Landlord) until and unless Landlord shall have (i) obtained a bonafide
offer therefore; (ii) given written notice to Tenant, which notice shall contain
(A) the name of the offeror, (B) the address of the offeror, (C) all of the
terms and conditions of such bonafide offer, and (D) a true and accurate copy of
the actual bonafide offer, and (iii) offer to sell, transfer or otherwise
dispose of such interest to Tenant at the same price and, except as hereinafter
provided, upon the same terms and conditions contained in said bonafide offer.

     (b) If Tenant shall either give notice of rejection of said offer to it or
fail to give notice of acceptance of the same within 30 days after the date of
receipt of Landlord's notice, Landlord's interest in the Property (and in the
Phase II Land and all portions thereof not previously released) may, during the
180 days thereafter, be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to the
original offeror or any other buyer at the same price and upon the same terms
and conditions contained in said bonafide offer as disclosed in writing to
Tenant, whereupon this Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no
further force or effect. Landlord shall, upon completion of any such sale or
transfer, provide Tenant with a certified copy of the complete agreement of sale
and all modifications and addendas thereto along with a copy of the settlement
sheet.

     (c) In the event Tenant rejects said offer or fails to accept the same,
this Lease and all of its terms and conditions (including this right of first
refusal, and Tenant's rights of renewal, expansion and purchase set forth in
this Lease) shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect and Landlord and
any purchaser or purchasers of the Property (and unreleased Phase II Land), or
any part thereof, shall be bound thereby.

     (d) Failure of Tenant to exercise this right of first refusal on one or
more occasion shall not affect Tenant's right to exercise it on any subsequent
occasion. Any sale or transfer of the Property (or unreleased Phase II Land), or
any part thereof, other than in strict compliance with the terms of this section
shall be absolutely null and void and will have no effect as to Tenant, and
Tenant shall be entitled to purchase the Property and any such Phase II Land
from the purchaser upon the same terms and conditions and at the same price
specified in said bonafide offer, provided Tenant notifies Landlord of its
election after 30 days after receipt of notice which complies with the
requirements hereof. Payment of rental to such purchaser or otherwise treating
such purchaser as the Landlord should not be deemed to be a waiver of any right
of first refusal or any other right or privilege of Tenant and shall not create
an estoppel with respect thereto.

     (e) Any sale or transfer of Landlord's interest in the Property (or
unreleased Phase II Land), or any part thereof, or of any larger parcel of which
the Property (and/or unreleased Phase II Land) may be a part, shall be expressly
made subject to all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.


37
<PAGE>

     (f) In the event Tenant exercises its right of first refusal, then,
notwithstanding the terms of the offer (i) Landlord shall convey title by
special warranty deed approved by Tenant and the Tenant's title company; (ii)
title to the Property subject of the right of first refusal shall be free and
clear of any liens and encumbrances except the lien for current taxes which are
not delinquent at the time of closing thereon, the Permitted Exceptions and such
other exceptions to title as have been agreed to in writing by Tenant; (iii)
title to the Property subject of the right of first refusal shall otherwise
comply with the terms of this Lease as they pertain to condition of title; and
(iv) any easements or other rights benefitting the Property subject to the right
of first refusal at the time of closing thereon shall be made perpetual and
shall be included in the deed or in a separate recordable instrument approved by
Tenant and the title insurance company insuring its interest.


     25. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL - LEASE. If at any time during the term of this
Lease and any renewal or extension hereof, Landlord receives a bonafide offer to
lease the Phase II Land or any part thereof for a term beginning after the
release thereof, which offer Landlord desires to accept, Landlord shall give
Tenant written notice thereof, which notice shall specify in detail the name and
address of the prospective tenant and the term, rent and other covenants and
conditions of the proposed lease, accompanied by Landlord's affidavit that such
proposed lease is in good faith and that all terms and conditions affecting the
proposed lease have been accurately disclosed. Tenant shall thereupon have the
option to lease the property described in the proposed lease for the term of the
proposed lease, at the rent, and upon the other covenants and conditions
specified in such notice, which option Tenant may exercise by giving notice to
Landlord within 30 days after receipt of the notice from Landlord. Promptly upon
Tenant's submission to Landlord of a written lease containing such term, rent
and other covenants and conditions of the proposed lease, Landlord shall
execute, acknowledge and deliver to Tenant such written lease in duplicate and
shall be entitled to receive one of such duplicates executed by Tenant. Tenant's
failure, at any time, to exercise its option under this paragraph shall not
affect this Lease or any of Tenant's rights or options under this paragraph or
any other paragraph of this Lease. If Tenant shall either give notice of
rejection of said offer to Landlord or fail to give notice of acceptance of the
same within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt of Landlord's notice,
Landlord may, during the one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter, enter into
the proposed lease transaction upon the same terms and conditions contained in
said bonafide offer as disclosed in writing to Tenant. Landlord shall, upon
execution of any such lease, provide Tenant with a certified copy thereof and of
all modifications and addenda thereto.


     26. FINANCING; PRE-COMMENCEMENT PURCHASE OPTIONS DUE TO DEFAULT.

     (a) Not later than ninety (90) days after obtaining final, unappealable
Land development approval for the construction of the Buildings and Related
Areas, Landlord will secure a firm commitment of construction financing. If
Landlord fails to obtain such commitment or, after having obtained such
commitment for construction financing, (1) Landlord fails to close such mortgage
loan within sixty (60) days thereafter, or (2) after closing such mortgage loan,
the lender thereunder ceases to fund for whatever reason, or (3) if an event of
default by the Landlord occurs under the construction loan, prior to the
Commencement Date, Tenant may:


38
<PAGE>

          (i) Terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord; or

          (ii) Elect, by written notice to Landlord, to purchase the Property
     (and, at Tenant's option, the Phase II Land or either portion thereof) from
     Landlord subject to the following terms and conditions:

               (A) The closing date shall be selected by Tenant and shall be no
          later than three (3) months after the date that Tenant gives Landlord
          written notice of its election to purchase;

               (B) If such purchase option is exercised due to Landlord's
          inability to obtain a commitment for construction loan financing, then
          Tenant and Landlord shall, upon such exercise, enter into a Design
          Build Agreement to construct the Buildings in accordance with the
          Final Plans and Specifications. In such event, the Land cost and the
          construction price shall be as set forth in the Design Build Purchase
          Price Schedule attached as Exhibit P, subject to adjustments for
          Tenant-requested changes and costs above or below allowances, as
          provided in Paragraph 20(e)(ii). If such inability to obtain financing
          has been due to Tenant's insufficient creditworthiness, the Developer
          Fee of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) shall be included;
          otherwise, it shall be excluded. The Design Build Agreement shall be
          on terms otherwise set forth in an Agreement attached as Exhibit G. If
          not prepared on signing hereof, Landlord shall prepare the proposed
          form thereof, for Tenant's review, promptly after execution hereof.
          The terms (other than price terms) of the Design Build Agreement shall
          be agreed and the form thereof shall be initialed for attachment as
          Exhibit G by the time required for mutual approval of the Final Plans
          and Specifications. The Design Build Agreement shall include and/or
          incorporate all terms of this Lease, to the extent applicable,
          relating to manner, time, quality and completion of Landlord's Work.

               (C) If Tenant elects to exercise the purchase option due to
          Landlord's failure to close on the committed construction loan, or due
          to a default thereunder after closing by Landlord, or because the
          construction lender ceased to fund, then Tenant may, but shall not be
          required, to enter into the Design Build Agreement with Landlord. If
          Tenant has not elected to enter into the Design Build Agreement, the
          purchase price for the Land only shall be $158,671.00 per acre, for a
          total of $4,227,500.00 if Phase II is included. If Tenant has elected
          to enter into the Design Build Agreement, at the closing, Tenant shall
          also pay for the Property that amount which would then be due under
          the Design Build Agreement for the Landlord's Work then completed,
          subject to adjustments for Tenant-requested changes and costs above or
          below allowances, as provided in Paragraph 20(e)(ii). In such event,
          however, the Developer Fee of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars
          ($500,000.00) shall be excluded from the Purchase Price. If Tenant has
          not elected to enter into a Design Build Agreement with Landlord, and
          construction has commenced, there shall be added to the purchase price
          an amount determined by the Consultant (identified in Paragraph 31) to
          be equal to the budgeted amount for the costs of those portions of the
          Landlord's Work then in place, determined with reference to Exhibit P,
          less the amount by which Tenant's estimated costs to complete such
          work in accordance with the Final Plans and Specifications exceeds the
          budgeted amount under Exhibit P.


39
<PAGE>

               (D) Landlord shall convey to Tenant or its assignee or nominee,
          by warranty deed, marketable fee simple title to the Property (and
          Phase II Land, if applicable), together with an assignment of all of
          Landlord's right, title and interest in the Final Plans and
          Specifications and in all permits and approvals, together with any
          fixtures and other building equipment thereof, subject to no
          encumbrances other than utility easements granted solely in connection
          with providing utility service to the Property, restrictive covenants
          that do not materially interfere with Tenant's ability to conduct its
          business at the Property or impose any cost upon Tenant, encumbrances
          that existed as of the date of this Lease and were approved by Tenant
          in writing, the Permitted Exceptions and any other encumbrances that
          were approved by Tenant in writing and real estate taxes and
          assessments not yet due and payable. Tenant shall be entitled to an
          abatement of the purchase price by any amounts required to discharge
          or otherwise remove any liens or encumbrances against the Property
          (and/or Phase II Land, if applicable).

               (E) All transfer taxes be split equally between Landlord and
          Tenant unless the purchase option has been exercised pursuant to
          Subparagraph (C) for the reasons states therein, in which event
          transfer taxes shall be paid by Landlord.

               (F) At the closing, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant:

                    (1) Releases of lien (to the extent applicable), escrows
               and/or affidavits for any work performed by or for Landlord, as
               required by Tenant's title insurance company in order to insure
               title without exception for mechanics' liens;

                    (2) Written assignments of any plans, permits, approvals,
               utility operations or other licenses, contracts or agreements
               relating to the Property for which Tenant requests an assignment;
               and

                    (3) Such other documents as are reasonably required by
               Tenant to effect the closing.

     (b) There shall be no increase or decrease in the Annual Base Rent due to
costs of permanent debt financing.


     27. PHASE II OFFICE EXPANSION.

     (a) Provided that this Lease is in full force and effect, and Tenant is not
in default hereunder beyond applicable grace and cure periods and subject to the
provisions of this paragraph, Tenant shall have the right to expand the Phase I
Office Building by an approximately 50,000 square foot addition to the Office
Building to be constructed on Lot 1 (the "Phase II Office Land"). As previously
set forth, the Land necessary for both such expansion has been reserved for
future inclusion in the Property subject to this Lease and is delineated on
Exhibit A. Tenant may exercise its Phase II expansion rights with respect to the
Office Building addition on the Phase II Office Land by giving Landlord written
notice (the "Expansion Notice").


40
<PAGE>


     (b) The area of the Building to be constructed in the Phase II Office Land
has been approximately delineated on the Site Plans appended as Exhibit A. The
Base Plans and Specifications for the Building to be constructed in the Phase II
Office Land shall be comparable to those for the initial Office Building space
to be constructed under this Lease. At the time of giving the Expansion Notice,
Tenant will provide Landlord with outline specifications for the Phase II
Expansion. Within ninety (90) days thereafter, Landlord shall cause the
Architect, or another architect engaged by Landlord and approved by Tenant, to
prepare Final Plans and Specifications for the Phase II Office Expansion. Such
Final Plans and Specifications shall be presented to Tenant for its approval by
the end of such ninety (90) day period. Upon receipt of the Final Plans and
Specifications for the Phase II Office Expansion, Tenant shall not unreasonably
withhold its approval thereof, and Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate in good
faith and with best efforts to resolve any differences and to complete the Phase
II Expansion Plans and Specifications to the Tenant's satisfaction.

     (c) Upon approval of the Final Plans and Specifications for the Phase II Of
Office Building, Tenant may solicit bids for construction of the Phase II Of
Office Building(s) and Related Areas. Landlord shall have the option to present
a bid from a construction company selected by Landlord for construction of the
Phase II Of Office Building(s) and Related Areas. Tenant shall also have the
right to secure bids from any other general contractors. Any bids submitted by
Knauer and Gorman or any other contracting entity designated by Landlord shall
include a discount in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Land Cost
attributable to Phase II. Regardless of whether Landlord's designated contractor
or another contractor is selected to perform the work, the Landlord shall be
responsible as Owner to enter into the general contract for the construction of
the Phase II Office Expansion and to cause the performance of the Landlord's
Work related thereto all in the same manner as provided herein for the Buildings
and Related Areas initially included in this Lease. Notwithstanding anything
herein, Tenant shall have the right to select the general contractor for the
Phase II Office Expansion. Further, regardless of the identity of the general
contractor selected, Tenant shall have the right to select, or if selected by
Landlord, to approve, the architect for the Phase II Expansion as well as any
subcontractors or consultants performing services or work for the construction
of the Phase II Office Buildings and Related Areas.

     (d) Upon approval of the Phase II Office Expansion plans, Landlord shall
proceed to obtain any and all necessary governmental approvals, in final,
unappealed and unappealable form, for construction of the Phase II Of Office
Expansion Building(s) and any Related Areas, including parking facilities and
other improvements, required by Tenant or by applicable regulations for
construction and development of the Phase II Office Expansion. Such approvals
shall also include any subdivision and/or condominium plan approvals as may be
necessary to secure financing for the Phase II Office Expansion without
disturbing the then existing permanent financing covering the Phase I
development of the Property.


41
<PAGE>

     (e) Landlord will secure construction and permanent financing for
construction of the Phase II Of Office Expansion. The financing shall be at the
following minimum underwriting guidelines: market interest rate; amortized over
a twenty (20) year term, with a five (5) year balloon payment; based on a
seventy-five percent (75%) loan to value ratio, a ten percent (10%)
capitalization rate, and a 1.25 debt service coverage ratio. Tenant shall not be
required to participate in the financing. If Landlord is unable to secure
commitments for construction and permanent financing for the Phase II Of Office
Expansion within ninety (90) days after approval of the Final Plans and
Specifications for Phase II, Tenant will have the option to purchase (i) the
Phase II Office Land, or (ii) all Phase II Land, or (iii) the entire Property,
or (iv) the entire Property together with the Phase II Office Land or all Phase
II Land, by giving Landlord written notice of such election at any time after
such Phase II expansion financing commitment date. If Tenant elects to exercise
such purchase option, the purchase will be on the same terms and conditions as
are provided in Tenant's purchase option under Paragraph 30, below, except that:
the price of the Phase II Land included shall be $158,671.00 per acre (such
price having been maintained by Tenant's payment of the Phase II Land Commitment
in the interim).

     (f) If Landlord has secured the requisite financing for the Phase II Office
Expansion by the Phase II Expansion financing commitment period, then Landlord
shall proceed to cause the Phase II Office Expansion to be completed by a date
which is not later than nine (9) months after the date of final approval by
Landlord and Tenant of the Finals Plans and Specifications for the Phase II
Office Expansion and receipt all approvals and permits pursuant to Subparagraph
(g) below. If Landlord fails to cause substantial completion of the Phase II
Office Expansion by the end of such one (1) year period, then from and after the
Phase II Commencement Date, Tenant shall be entitled to abatement of one-half
(1/2) day of Annual Base Rent for Phase II for each day thereafter that the
Phase II Expansion has not been substantially completed.

     (g) If Landlord fails to secure all necessary governmental approvals and
permits for construction of the Phase II Office Expansion within one hundred
eighty (180) days after election by Tenant to complete the Phase II Office
Expansion, then Tenant shall have the right to pursue the same as set forth
hereinabove in this paragraph and/or to purchase the entire Property and/or
Phase II Land in the same manner as provided in Subparagraph (e), above.
Alternatively, Tenant may release the Phase II Of Office Land effective
immediately and without the one (1) year notice provided in Subparagraph (m),
below. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant may, at
Tenant's option, directly pursue on its own behalf the necessary governmental
approvals and permits for construction of the Phase II Office Expansion. In such
event, Tenant shall fund the reasonable costs thereof, as incurred, and add the
same to the total Phase II Office Project Costs to be subsequently funded and
reimbursed to Tenant from the construction financing for the Phase II Office
Expansion.

     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant may,
without exercising the Phase II Office Expansion option, require Landlord to
pursue all necessary governmental approvals for the Phase II Office Expansion,
as above set forth, at any time after final, unappealed and unappealable
approval of Land development for Phase I. In that event, Landlord and Tenant
would cooperate in seeking such approvals and Tenant would bear all costs
thereof subject to reimbursement, without interest, at such time as Tenant
ultimately exercises the Phase II Office Expansion option and Landlord closes on
the construction loan financing therefor. In the event that Tenant has funded
the Phase II approval process prior to electing the Phase II Office Expansion
option, and if, upon a subsequent exercise by Tenant of the Phase II Office
Expansion option, Landlord fails to obtain the necessary financing therefore, as
above set forth, then Tenant shall not be entitled to reimbursement for the
costs it has funded by crediting the same against the purchase price payable in
connection with any exercise by Tenant of the purchase option allowed under
Subparagraph (e), above.


42
<PAGE>

If Tenant elects to fund the Phase II Office Expansion approvals
prior to exercise of its Phase II Office as herein provided, Tenant may abandon
the same at any time and cease funding therefor.

     (h) The Annual Base Rent for the Phase II Office Expansion shall be based
on the same ratio of rent to project cost as the Annual Base Rent applicable to
the Office Property prior to the Phase II Office Expansion bears to the total
project cost of the Phase I Office Building. To that end, the Annual Base Rent
attributable to the Phase II Office Expansion shall be equal to the amount
obtained by dividing the Total Costs of the Phase II Of Office Expansion by a
number equal to the Total Costs of the Phase I Office project divided by the
Annual Base Rent for the Office Property during the first Lease Year. The
formula for calculating the Annual Base Rent for the Phase II Office Expansion
shall, accordingly, be as follows:

      Annual Base Rent  =     Total Phase II Office   x     First
                                   Lease Year Annual Base Rent
                                   for Phase II Office
                                   Project Cost
                                   for Phase I Office Property
                                   --------------------------------

                              Total Phase I Office Project Costs

     For purposes of applying the foregoing formula, the terms above set forth
shall have their meanings elsewhere provided in this Lease and the following
additional definitions shall apply:

          (i) Total Phase I Office Project Costs shall mean the grand total of
     the project cost allocation for Phase I, as set forth on Exhibit E after
     adjustment on account of the Closed Book cost of Tenant Changes and the
     Open Book cost of Tenant improvements above or below Allowances pursuant to
     Paragraphs 20(e) through (h) of the Lease; and

          (ii) Total Phase II Office Project Cost shall mean the total costs of
     Landlord's Work relating to the Phase II Office Expansion and falling
     within the same categories of costs as have been itemized for Phase I on
     Exhibit E subject to the following changes and limitations. Land
     acquisition cost for the Phase II Office Expansion shall be limited to the
     currently budgeted amount of $723,478.00. Site work and Shell Building
     construction costs shall be limited to the contract price therefor pursuant
     to the general contract with the General Contractor selected by Tenant
     pursuant to Paragraph 27(c), above. However, if the General Contractor
     selected by the Tenant is not the Landlord's designated general contractor,
     then the site work and Shell Building construction costs may additionally
     include fees and expenses relating to Owner representation on the
     Landlord's behalf during construction, such as project manager and/or field
     personnel to oversee and/or inspect the construction by the General
     Contractor, provided that the costs thereof to be included in the Total
     Phase II Office Project Costs shall in no event exceed an amount equal to
     one percent (1%) of the actual contract price for construction of site work
     and Shell Buildings. The costs of storm and sanitary sewer relocation work
     included in the general contract for site work shall be limited to the
     amount set forth in Exhibit L. The cost of any other utility relocations
     shall be excluded (having been included in the established Annual Base Rent
     for Phase I).


43
<PAGE>

          The Annual Base Rent, as calculated in accordance with the foregoing,
     shall be subject to adjustment on account of the change in the cost of
     financing of Landlord's Work on the Phase II Office Expansion from such
     financing cost for Phase I. Such adjustment shall be made by multiplying
     the Annual Base Rent for the Phase II Office (calculated as above set
     forth) by the percentage change between the interest rate applicable on the
     permanent financing loan initially obtained for the financing of the Phase
     I Office Project Costs and the interest rate applicable to the financing
     obtained by Landlord for the Phase II Office Project Costs and adding the
     result to the Annual Base Rent (if the Phase II interest rate is greater
     than the Phase I interest rate) or subtracting the result from the Annual
     Base Rent (if the Phase II interest rate is less than the Phase I interest
     rate). However, in no event shall the Annual Base Rent be so adjusted on
     account of a difference in the rate of financing on the Phase II Office
     Project Costs by a factor which is any greater than the percentage change
     between the prime rate quoted by the Wall Street Journal on the date of
     issuance of the Phase I permanent financing commitment and the prime rate
     quoted by the Wall Street Journal on the date of issuance of the permanent
     financing commitment for Phase II.

     (i) At the time that Landlord delivers the Final Plans and Specifications
for Tenant's approval for the Phase II Office Expansion, Landlord will furnish
Tenant with an accounting of the Annual Base Rent to be added under the Lease as
a result of the addition to the Premises to be included in the Phase II Office
Expansion. Such accounting shall be made in accordance with the formula provided
under Paragraph (h) of this section, above, assuming the general contract is to
be awarded to Landlord's designated General Contractor. Once the general
contract for the construction is actually awarded to Landlord's designated
contractor or another general contractor selected by Tenant, the increase in
Annual Base Rent attributable to the Phase II Office Expansion shall be
finalized based on such bid award. Thereafter, the Annual Base Rent for the
Phase II Office Expansion shall be adjusted, prior to the Phase II Office
Expansion Commencement Date, only on account of Changes ordered by the Tenant
and/or Tenant improvements above or below Allowances in the same manner as the
Annual Base Rent for the Office Building Premises initially subject to this
Lease is adjustable on account of such Tenant Changes and/or improvements under
Paragraph 20(e) through (h), above. Once the Final Plans have been approved and
the general contract for the construction has been awarded, the parties will
enter into an appropriate addendum to this Lease setting forth the finally
confirmed Annual Base Rent for the Phase II Office Expansion which will
thereupon be subject to change only for Tenant ordered Changes and/or
improvements as above set forth.

     (j) The Annual Base Rent as finally calculated and adjusted in accordance
with the foregoing Paragraph (i) shall commence on the Phase II Commencement
Date applicable to the Office Expansion (defined in this paragraph below) and
shall be subject to increases effective on the anniversary date of the
Commencement Date occurring every five (5) years thereafter until the end of the
initial term of this Lease. Each such increase in the Annual Base Rent
attributable to the Phase II Office Expansion shall be in an amount equal to one
and two-tenths percent (1.2%) of the Annual Base Rent in effect prior to such
increase. The election by Tenant to proceed with the Phase II Office Expansion
shall not affect or extend the initial twenty (20) year term 


44
<PAGE>

of this Lease if notice of the exercise of such expansion option takes
place in years 1 through 5 of such initial term. If the Tenant elects to proceed
with the Phase II Office Expansion after the fifth (5th) year but prior to the
commencement of the tenth (10th) year, Tenant shall at that time have the option
to extend the term by initiating a new twenty (20) year term commencing with the
Phase II Office Commencement Date. In that event: the Second Renewal Period
option under Paragraph 5(d)(i)(B) shall be deleted; the first Renewal Period
Option under Paragraph 5(d)(i)(A) shall be reduced to a term equal to the
difference between the length of the extended initial term and twenty-nine and
one-half (291/2) years; and the third Renewal Period Option at Fair Market
Rental Value under Paragraph 5(d)(i)(C) shall remain at five and one-half (51/2)
years and shall become and replace the deleted Second Renewal Period. The intent
of the foregoing is that the extended initial term plus the first Renewal Period
(if exercised) shall still equal twenty-nine and one-half (291/2) years and the
remaining Renewal Period for five and one-half (51/2) years shall be at Fair
Market Rental Value. Whether or not the initial twenty (20) year term is
reinitiated, as allowed hereunder, the Annual Base Rent payable for each Lease
Year from and after the Phase II Commencement Date (defined below) shall be
equal to the Annual Base Rent attributable to Phase II, as calculated in the
manner above set forth, plus that amount which would have been payable under
this Lease had the Phase II Expansion not been exercised. In that event, the
Annual Base Rent payable for years 16 through 20 of the initial Lease term, as
set forth in Paragraph 6 and adjusted pursuant to Paragraphs 20(e) through (h),
shall continue until expiration of the reinitiated initial twenty (20) year
Lease term.

     (k) The Premises constructed pursuant to the Phase II Office Expansion
shall become part of the Premises, and the Related Areas of the Phase II Office
Expansion shall become part of the Property, and all of the terms and conditions
of this Lease shall first apply thereto, as of the date that Tenant first
conducts business in the Phase II Office Expansion Building(s) in the normal
course of its operations, but not before all conditions to commencement, as
previously set forth for the initial Premises under this Lease, under Section
5(a) and (b) of this Lease have been met with respect to Landlord's Work on the
Phase II Office Expansion. Such date shall is herein referred to as the "Phase
II Commencement Date".

     (l) Landlord and Tenant each agree, upon written request of the other, to
execute a memorandum confirming the Phase II Office Expansion Commencement Date,
and the adjusted Annual Base Rent after inclusion of the Phase II Office
Expansion, promptly upon determination of the Phase II Office Expansion
Commencement Date.

     (m) All standards of workmanship and materials, warranties, rights and
remedies relating to construction of the initial Buildings under Article 20 or
elsewhere in this Lease shall, except where superseded by particular or
inconsistent provisions of this Article 27, apply to the Phase II Office
Expansion.

     (n) At any time during the term of this Lease, Tenant may release the Phase
II Office Land by giving Landlord written notice one year in advance of such
release, as hereinabove set forth in Subparagraph 7(a)(iv). Upon the release of
such Phase II Office Land, the same shall no longer be subject to this Lease and
Tenant shall have no rights or obligations with respect thereto except for
Tenant's continuing easements thereon and Tenant's rights under the Phase II
Land covenants. 


45
<PAGE>

If the Phase II Office Land is released, Tenant shall (unless theretofore
released) retain its rights with respect to expansion on the Phase II
Manufacturing Land and, until released, shall continue to pay the Phase II
Manufacturing Land Commitment component of Additional Rent allocable thereto.

     (o) In the event that, after execution of this Lease, any event or
condition occurs or develops, or any law, ordinance or regulation is enacted,
which would preclude the development and use of the Phase II Office Land for the
Tenant's Phase II Office Expansion in accordance with the terms of this Lease,
then the Phase II Office Land Commitment component of Annual Additional Rent
shall immediately abate and cease to be payable upon the occurrence or existence
of such event or condition, or upon the enactment of such law, ordinance or
regulation. Further, as soon as Landlord has knowledge or reason to know that
any of the foregoing events has occurred or may occur and will have or may have
the effect of materially interfering with the proposed use and development of
the Phase II Office Land and for the purpose of Tenant's Phase II Of Office
Landlord will promptly notify Tenant of the same in writing. If any of
Landlord's representations or warranties contained herein, which relate to the
proposed use and development of the Phase II Office Land, are false or
materially inaccurate at the time of execution of this Lease, and, as the direct
or indirect result thereof, the development and use of the Phase II Office Land
for Tenant's Phase II Office Expansion or will be prevented or materially
impeded, then, without limitation of any other remedies of Tenant under this
Lease, Tenant may release the Phase II Office Land effective immediately and
without any advance notice and be entitled to offset against the installments of
Annual Base Rent and Annual Additional Rent next coming due under the Lease,
until such setoff is fully exercised, all amounts theretofore paid on account of
the Phase II Office Land Commitment. Further, if Tenant releases the Phase II
Manufacturing Land simultaneously with the release of the Phase II Office Land,
then such setoff shall also include all amounts theretofore paid on account of
the Phase II Manufacturing Land Commitment. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant
promptly when Landlord discovers or has reason to know of any facts, conditions
or events which may materially interfere with the Landlord's ability to complete
the Phase II Office Expansion, Tenant may, without limitation of any other
rights or remedies under this Lease, immediately release the Phase II Office
Land without any advance notice and be entitled to offset against the
installments of Annual Base Rent and Annual Additional Rent next coming due
under the Lease, until such setoff is fully exercised, all amounts paid on
account of the Phase II Office Land Commitment since the date that Landlord knew
or should have known of the existence or occurrence of such facts, conditions or
events. In the latter event, if Tenant releases the Phase II Manufacturing Land
simultaneously with the release of the Phase II Office Land, then such setoff
shall also include all amounts paid since the same date on account of the Phase
II Manufacturing Land Commitment.


     28. PHASE II MANUFACTURING EXPANSION.

     (a) Provided that this Lease is in full force and effect, and Tenant is not
in default hereunder beyond applicable grace and cure periods and subject to the
provisions of this paragraph, Tenant shall have the right to expand the Phase I
Manufacturing Building by an approximately 60,000 square foot addition to the
Manufacturing Building to be constructed on a portion of Lot 11 which shall be
resubdivided concurrently with the relocation of James Hance Court 


46
<PAGE>

(the "Phase II Manufacturing Land"). As previously set forth, the Land
necessary for both such expansion has been reserved for future inclusion in the
Property subject to this Lease and is delineated on Exhibit A. Tenant may
exercise its Phase II expansion rights with respect to the Manufacturing
Building addition on the Phase II Manufacturing Land by giving Landlord written
notice (the "Expansion Notice").

     (b) The area of the Building to be constructed in the Phase II
Manufacturing Land has been approximately delineated on the Site Plans appended
as Exhibit A. The Base Plans and Specifications for the Building to be
constructed in the Phase II Manufacturing Land shall be comparable to those for
the initial Manufacturing Building space to be constructed under this Lease. At
the time of giving the Expansion Notice, Tenant will provide Landlord with
outline specifications for the Phase II Expansion. Within ninety (90) days
thereafter, Landlord shall cause the Architect, or another architect engaged by
Landlord and approved by Tenant, to prepare Final Plans and Specifications for
the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion. Such Final Plans and Specifications shall
be presented to Tenant for its approval by the end of such ninety (90) day
period. Upon receipt of the Final Plans and Specifications for the Phase II
Manufacturing Expansion, Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold its approval
thereof, and Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate in good faith and with best
efforts to resolve any differences and to complete the Phase II Expansion Plans
and Specifications to the Tenant's satisfaction.

     (c) Upon approval of the Final Plans and Specifications for the Phase II
Manufacturing Building, Tenant may solicit bids for construction of the Phase II
Manufacturing Building(s) and Related Areas. Landlord shall have the option to
present a bid from a construction company selected by Landlord for construction
of the Phase II Manufacturing Building(s) and Related Areas. Tenant shall also
have the right to secure bids from any other general contractors. Any bids
submitted by Knauer and Gorman or any other contracting entity designated by
Landlord shall include a discount in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the
Land Cost attributable to Phase II. Regardless of whether Landlord's designated
contractor or another contractor is selected to perform the work, the Landlord
shall be responsible to enter into the general contract for the construction of
the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion and to cause the performance of the
Landlord's Work related thereto all in the same manner as provided herein for
the Buildings and Related Areas initially included in this Lease.
Notwithstanding anything herein, Tenant shall have the right to select the
general contractor for the Phase II Office Expansion. Further, regardless of the
identity of the general contractor selected, Tenant shall have the right to
select, or if selected by Landlord, to approve, the architect for the Phase II
Expansion as well as any subcontractors or consultants performing services or
work for the construction of the Phase II Manufacturing Buildings and Related
Areas.

     (d) Upon approval of the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion plans, Landlord
shall proceed to obtain any and all necessary governmental approvals, in final,
unappealed and unappealable form, for construction of the Phase II Manufacturing
Expansion Building(s) and any Related Areas, including parking facilities and
other improvements, required by Tenant or by applicable regulations for
construction and development of the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion. Such
approvals shall also include any subdivision and/or condominium plan approvals
as may be necessary to secure financing for the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion
without disturbing the then existing permanent financing covering the Phase I
development of the Property.


47
<PAGE>

     (e) Landlord will secure construction and permanent financing for
construction of the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion. The financing shall be at
the following minimum underwriting guidelines: market interest rate; amortized
over a twenty (20) year term, with a five (5) year balloon payment; based on a
seventy-five percent (75%) loan to value ratio, a ten percent (10%)
capitalization rate and a 1.25 debt service coverage ratio. Tenant shall not be
required to participate in the financing. If Landlord is unable to secure
commitments for construction and permanent financing for the Phase II
Manufacturing Expansion within ninety (90) days after approval of the Final
Plans and Specifications for Phase II, Tenant will have the option to purchase
(i) the Phase II Manufacturing Land, or (ii) all Phase II Land, or (iii) the
entire Property, or (iv) the entire Property together with the Phase II
Manufacturing Land or all Phase II Land, by giving Landlord written notice of
such election at any time after such Phase II expansion financing commitment
date. If Tenant elects to exercise such purchase option, the purchase will be on
the same terms and conditions as are provided in Tenant's purchase option under
Paragraph 30, below, except that: the price of the Phase II Land included shall
be $158,671.00 per acre (such price having been maintained by Tenant's payment
of the Phase II Land Commitment in the interim).

     (f) If Landlord has secured the requisite financing for the Phase II
Manufacturing Expansion by the Phase II Expansion financing commitment period,
then Landlord shall proceed to cause the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion to be
completed by a date which is not later than nine (9) months after the date of
final approval by Landlord and Tenant of the Finals Plans and Specifications for
the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion and receipt all approvals and permits
pursuant to Subparagraph (g) below. If Landlord fails to cause substantial
completion of the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion by the end of such one (1)
year period, then from and after the Phase II Commencement Date, Tenant shall be
entitled to abatement of one-half (1/2) day of Annual Base Rent for Phase II for
each thereafter that the Phase II Expansion has not been substantially
completed.

     (g) If Landlord fails to secure all necessary governmental approvals and
permits for construction of the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion within one
hundred eighty (180) days after election by Tenant to complete the Phase II
Manufacturing Expansion, then Tenant shall have the right to pursue the same as
set forth hereinabove in this paragraph and/or to purchase the Property and/or
Phase II Land in the same manner as provided in Subparagraph (e) above.
Alternatively, Tenant may release the Phase II Manufacturing Land effective
immediately and without the one (1) year notice provided in Subparagraph (m),
below. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant may, at
Tenant's option, directly pursue on its own behalf the necessary governmental
approvals and permits for construction of the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion.
In such event, Tenant shall fund the reasonable costs thereof, as incurred, and
add the same to the total Phase II Manufacturing Project Costs to be
subsequently funded and reimbursed to Tenant from the construction financing for
the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion.


48
<PAGE>

          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant may,
     without exercising the Phase II Office Expansion option, require Landlord
     to pursue all necessary governmental approvals for the Phase II Office
     Expansion, as above set forth, at any time after final, unappealed and
     unappealable approval of Land development for Phase I. In that event,
     Landlord and Tenant would cooperate in seeking such approvals and Tenant
     would bear all costs thereof subject to reimbursement, without interest, at
     such time as Tenant ultimately exercises the Phase II Office Expansion
     option and Landlord closes on the construction loan financing therefor. In
     the event that Tenant has funded the Phase II approval process prior to
     electing the Phase II Office Expansion option, and if, upon a subsequent
     exercise by Tenant of the Phase II Office Expansion option, Landlord fails
     to obtain the necessary financing therefore, as above set forth, then
     Tenant shall not be entitled to reimbursement for the costs it has funded
     by crediting the same against the purchase price payable in connection with
     any exercise by Tenant of the purchase option allowed under Subparagraph
     (e), above. If Tenant elects to fund the Phase II Office Expansion
     approvals prior to exercise of its Phase II Office Expansion option, as
     herein provided, Tenant may abandon the same at any time and cease funding
     therefor.

     (h) The Annual Base Rent for the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion shall be
based on the same ratio of rent to project cost as the Annual Base Rent prior to
the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion bears to the total project cost of the
Phase I Manufacturing Building. To that end, the Annual Base Rent attributable
to the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion shall be equal to the amount obtained by
dividing the total costs of the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion by a number
equal to the Total Costs of the Phase I Manufacturing project divided by the
Annual Base Rent for the Office Property during the first Lease Year. The
formula for calculating the Annual Base Rent for the Phase II Manufacturing
Expansion shall, accordingly, be as follows:

      Annual Base Rent   =    Total Phase II Manufacturing   x
                              First Lease Year Annual Base Rent
                              for Phase II Project Cost for
                              Phase I Manufacturing Property

         Manufacturing Total Phase I Manufacturing Project Costs

     For purposes of applying the foregoing formula, the terms above set forth
shall have their meanings elsewhere provided in this Lease and the following
additional definitions shall apply:

          (i) Total Phase I Manufacturing Project Costs shall mean the grand
     total of the project cost allocation for Phase I, as set forth on Exhibit E
     after adjustment on account of the Closed Book cost of Tenant Changes and
     the Open Book cost of Tenant improvements above or below Allowances
     pursuant to Paragraphs 20(e) through (h) of the Lease; and

          (ii) Total Phase II Manufacturing Project Cost shall mean the total
     costs of Landlord's Work relating to the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion
     and falling within the same categories of costs as have been itemized for
     Phase I on Exhibit E subject to the following 


49
<PAGE>

     changes and limitations. Land acquisition cost for the Phase II
     Manufacturing Expansion shall be limited to $651,172.00. Site work and
     Shell Building construction costs shall be limited to the contract price
     therefor pursuant to the general contract with the General Contractor
     selected by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 28(c), above. However, if the
     General Contractor selected by the Tenant is not the Landlord's designated
     general contractor, then the site work and Shell Building construction
     costs may additionally include fees and expenses relating to Owner
     representation on the Landlord's behalf during construction, such as
     project manager and/or field personnel to oversee and/or inspect the
     construction by the General Contractor, provided that the costs thereof to
     be included in the Total Phase II Manufacturing Project Costs shall in no
     event exceed an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the actual contract
     price for construction of site work and Shell Buildings. The Costs
     associated with relocation of James Hance Court and all utilities
     relocation shall be limited to the amounts provided in Exhibit L subject to
     adjustment as provided therein.

          The Annual Base Rent, as calculated in accordance with the foregoing,
     shall be subject to adjustment on account of the change in the cost of
     financing of Landlord's Work on the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion from
     such financing cost for Phase I. Such adjustment shall be made by
     multiplying the Annual Base Rent for the Phase II Manufacturing (calculated
     as above set forth) by the percentage change between the interest rate
     applicable on the permanent financing loan initially obtained for the
     financing of the Phase I Manufacturing Costs and the interest rate
     applicable to the financing obtained by Landlord for the Phase II
     Manufacturing Project Costs and adding the result to the Annual Base Rent
     (if the Phase II interest rate is greater than the Phase I interest rate)
     or subtracting the result from the Annual Base Rent (if the Phase II
     interest rate is less than the Phase I interest rate). However, in no event
     shall the Annual Base Rent be so adjusted on account of a difference in the
     rate of financing on the Phase II Manufacturing Project Costs by a factor
     which is any greater than the percentage change between the prime rate
     quoted by the Wall Street Journal on the date of issuance of the Phase I
     permanent financing commitment and the prime rate quoted by the Wall Street
     Journal on the date of issuance of the permanent financing commitment for
     Phase II.

     (i) At the time that Landlord delivers the Final Plans and Specifications
for Tenant's approval for the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion, Landlord will
furnish Tenant with an accounting of the Annual Base Rent to be added under the
Lease as a result of the addition to the Premises to be included in the Phase II
Manufacturing Expansion. Such accounting shall be made in accordance with the
formula provided under Paragraph (h) of this section, above, assuming the
general contract is to be awarded to Landlord's designated General Contractor.
Once the general contract for the construction is actually awarded to Landlord's
designated contractor or another general contractor selected by Tenant, the
increase in Annual Base Rent attributable to the Phase II Manufacturing
Expansion shall be finalized based on such bid award. Thereafter, the Annual
Base Rent for the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion shall be adjusted, prior to
the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion Commencement Date, only on account of
Changes ordered by the Tenant and/or Tenant improvements above or below
Allowances in the same manner as the Annual Base Rent for the Manufacturing
Building Premises initially subject to this Lease is adjustable on account of
such Tenant Changes and/or improvements under Paragraph 20(e) through (h),
above. Once the Final Plans have been approved and the general 


50
<PAGE>

contract for the construction has been awarded, the parties will enter into
an appropriate addendum to this Lease setting forth the finally confirmed Annual
Base Rent for the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion which will thereupon be
subject to change only for Tenant ordered Changes and/or improvements as above
set forth.

     (j) The Annual Base Rent as finally calculated and adjusted in accordance
with the foregoing Paragraph (i) shall commence on the Phase II Commencement
Date applicable to the Manufacturing Expansion (defined in this paragraph below)
and shall be subject to increases effective on the anniversary date of the
Commencement Date occurring every five (5) years thereafter until the end of the
initial term of this Lease. Each such increase in the Annual Base Rent
attributable to the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion shall be in an amount equal
to one and two-tenths percent (1.2%) of the Annual Base Rent in effect prior to
such increase. The election by Tenant to proceed with the Phase II Manufacturing
Expansion shall not affect or extend the initial twenty (20) year term of this
Lease if notice of the exercise of such expansion option takes place in years 1
through 5 of such initial term. If the Tenant elects to proceed with the Phase
II Manufacturing Expansion after the fifth (5th) year, but prior to the
commencement of the tenth (10th) year, Tenant shall at that time have the option
to extend the term by initiating a new twenty (20) year term commencing with the
Phase II Manufacturing Commencement Date. In that event: the Second Renewal
Period option under Paragraph 5(d)(i)(B) shall be deleted; the first Renewal
Period Option under Paragraph 5(d)(i)(A) shall be reduced to a term equal to the
difference between the length of the extended initial term and twenty-nine and
one-half (291/2) years; and the third Renewal Period Option at Fair Market
Rental Value under Paragraph 5(d)(i)(C) shall remain at five and one-half (51/2)
years and shall become and replace the deleted Second Renewal Period. The intent
of the foregoing is that the extended initial term plus the first Renewal Period
(if exercised) shall still equal twenty-nine and one-half (291/2) years and the
remaining Renewal Period for five and one-half (51/2) years shall be at Fair
Market Rental Value. Whether or not the initial twenty (20) year term is
reinitiated, as allowed hereunder, the Annual Base Rent payable for each Lease
Year from and after the Phase II Commencement Date (defined below) shall be
equal to the Annual Base Rent attributable to Phase II, as calculated in the
manner above set forth, plus that amount which would have been payable under
this Lease had the Phase II Expansion not been exercised. In that event, the
Annual Base Rent payable for years 16 through 20 of the initial Lease term, as
set forth in Paragraph 6 and adjusted pursuant to Paragraph 20(e) through (h),
shall continue until expiration of the reinitiated initial twenty (20) year
Lease term.

     (k) The Premises constructed pursuant to the Phase II Manufacturing
Expansion shall become part of the Premises, and the Related Areas of the Phase
II Manufacturing Expansion shall become part of the Property, and all of the
terms and conditions of this Lease shall first apply thereto, as of the date
that Tenant first conducts business in the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion
Building(s) in the normal course of its operations, but not before all
conditions to commencement, as previously set forth for the initial Premises
under this Lease, under Section 5(a) and (b) of this Lease have been met with
respect to Landlord's Work on the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion. Such date
shall is herein referred to as the "Phase II Commencement Date".


51
<PAGE>

     (l) Landlord and Tenant each agree, upon written request of the other, to
execute a memorandum confirming the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion
Commencement Date, and the adjusted Annual Base Rent after inclusion of the
Phase II Manufacturing Expansion, promptly upon determination of the Phase II
Manufacturing Expansion Commencement Date.

     (m) All standards of workmanship and materials, warranties, rights and
remedies relating to construction of the initial Buildings under Article 20 or
elsewhere in this Lease shall, except where superseded by particular or
inconsistent provisions of this Article 28, apply to the Phase II Manufacturing
Expansion.

     (n) At any time during the term of this Lease, Tenant may release the Phase
II Manufacturing Land by giving Landlord written notice one year in advance of
such release, as hereinabove set forth in Subparagraph 7(a)(iv). Upon the
release of such Phase II Manufacturing Land, the same shall no longer be subject
to this Lease and Tenant shall have no rights or obligations with respect
thereto except for Tenant's continuing easements thereon and Tenant's rights
under the Phase II Land covenants. If the Phase II Manufacturing Land is
released, Tenant shall (unless theretofore released) retain its rights with
respect to expansion on the Phase II Office Land and, until released, shall
continue to pay the Phase II Office Land Commitment component of Additional Rent
allocable thereto.

     (o) In the event that, after execution of this Lease, any event or
condition occurs or develops, or any law, ordinance or regulation is enacted,
which would preclude the development and use of the Phase II Manufacturing Land
for the Tenant's Phase II Manufacturing Expansion in accordance with the terms
of this Lease, then the Phase II Manufacturing Land Commitment component of
Annual Additional Rent shall immediately abate and cease to be payable upon the
occurrence or existence of such event or condition, or upon the enactment of
such law, ordinance or regulation. Further, as soon as Landlord has knowledge or
reason to know that any of the foregoing events has occurred or may occur and
will have or may have the effect of materially interfering with the proposed use
and development of the Phase II Manufacturing Land and for the purpose of
Tenant's Phase II Manufacturing Expansion, Landlord will promptly notify Tenant
of the same in writing. If any of Landlord's representations or warranties
contained herein, which relate to the proposed use and development of the Phase
II Manufacturing Land, are false or materially inaccurate at the time of
execution of this Lease, and, as the direct or indirect result thereof, the
development and use of the Phase II Manufacturing Land for Tenant's Phase II
Manufacturing Expansion or will be prevented or materially impeded, then,
without limitation of any other remedies of Tenant under this Lease, Tenant may
release the Phase II Manufacturing Land effective immediately and without any
advance notice and be entitled to offset against the installments of Annual Base
Rent and Annual Additional Rent next coming due under the Lease, until such
setoff is fully exercised, all amounts theretofore paid on account of the Phase
II Manufacturing Land Commitment. Further, if Tenant releases the Phase II
Office Land simultaneously with the release of the Phase II Manufacturing Land,
then such setoff shall also include all amounts theretofore paid on account of
the Phase II Office Land Commitment. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant promptly
when Landlord discovers or has reason to know any facts, conditions or events
which may materially interfere with the Landlord's ability to complete the Phase
II Manufacturing Expansion, Tenant may, without limitation of any other 


52
<PAGE>

rights or remedies under this Lease, immediately release the Phase II
Manufacturing Land without any advance notice and be entitled to offset against
the installments of Annual Base Rent and Annual Additional Rent next coming due
under the Lease, until such setoff is fully exercised, all amounts paid on
account of the Phase II Manufacturing Land Commitment since the date that
Landlord knew or should have known of the existence or occurrence of such facts,
conditions or events. In the latter event, if Tenant releases the Phase II
Office Land simultaneously with the release of the Phase II Manufacturing Land,
then such setoff shall also include all amounts paid since the same date on
account of the Phase II Office Land Commitment.


     29 SEPARATE OPTIONS.

     (a) The Phase II Office Expansion option under Paragraph 27 and the Phase
II Manufacturing Expansion under Paragraph 28 are separate options which may be
exercised simultaneously or individually, such that the Phase II Office
Expansion may be exercised independent of the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion
and visa versa and it shall not be a condition to exercise of either expansion
that the expansion option with respect to the remaining parcel of Phase II can
be exercised. However, Tenant may, at its sole option, elect to exercise both
expansions simultaneously, in which event Landlord shall process the necessary
approvals, secure the necessary financing and construct the two phases
simultaneously. If Tenant elects to exercise the Phase II Office Expansion and
the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion options simultaneously, then the Phase II
Office Expansion and the Phase II Manufacturing Expansion shall be regarded as a
single, integral expansion and the Phase II Commencement Date shall not apply
with respect to either expansion until the Landlord's Work with respect to both
the Office Building Expansion and the Manufacturing Building Expansion are
completed in accordance with the terms of this Lease, but Tenant's occupancy and
obligations shall commence for each Building Expansion when complete in the same
manner as under Paragraph 5(a) respecting Phase I.

     (b) The options to renew set forth in Paragraph 5(d) may be exercised by
Tenant with respect to the entire Property (including the Phase II Office Land
and/or the Phase II Manufacturing Land to the extent that it is incorporated in
the Lease) or may, at Tenant's option, be exercised with respect to only the
Office Land (together with the Phase II Office Land if then incorporated) or the
Manufacturing Land (together with the Phase II Manufacturing Land if then
incorporated). Tenant's written notice of the exercise of the renewal option
shall specify whether the renewal option shall apply to the entire Property
(together with the Phase II Land if then incorporated) or only to the Office
Land (together with the Phase II Office Land if then incorporated) or
Manufacturing Land (together with the Phase II Manufacturing Land if then
incorporated).

     (c) The purchase option set forth in Paragraph 30, below, may be exercised
by Tenant for the entire Property or, at Tenant's option, only with respect to
the Office Land (plus the Phase II Office Land if identified in the Tenant's
written notice of exercise of the purchase option) or Manufacturing Land (plus
the Phase II Manufacturing Land if identified in the written notice of exercise
of the Tenant's purchase option).


53
<PAGE>

     (d) The Tenant's purchase option under Paragraph 30 and its renewal option
under Exhibit B are separate and cumulative options and may be exercised
separately and distinctly with respect to the Office Land (and Phase II Office
if included) and the Manufacturing Land (and Phase II Manufacturing Land if
included). For example, Tenant may elect to purchase the Office Land at the end
of the initial term of the Lease, while electing to renew the Lease of the
Manufacturing Land at the end of the initial term of the Lease.


     30 PURCHASE OPTION. At the end of the initial term of this Lease, and at
the end of any renewal term, or at any such other time as expressly permitted
due to Landlord's failure to perform certain stated requirements under this
Lease, Tenant shall have the option to purchase the Property. Such purchase
shall include the Phase II Manufacturing Land and the Phase II Office Land, if
and to the extent that such Phase II Land (or applicable portion thereof) has
been incorporated into the Lease pursuant to the Tenant's expansion options. If
the Phase II Land, or either portion thereof, has not been incorporated into the
Lease pursuant to Tenant's exercise of its expansion options, then Tenant's
purchase of the Property pursuant to this purchase option may, at Tenant's
election, additionally include such Phase II Land or either portion thereof. The
purchase of the Property and any Phase II Land included in the purchase, shall
be on the following terms and conditions:

          (a) The purchase price for the Property and any Phase II Land included
     shall be its Fair Market Value determined as follows (unless otherwise
     mutually agreed):

               (i) A panel of three (3) appraisers shall be established to
          determine the Fair Market Value of the Property. Members of the panel
          of appraisers must have experience in appraising comparable office
          properties in the Southeastern Pennsylvania region, not be affiliated
          with either Landlord or Tenant, and be a member of the American
          Institute of Real Estate Appraisers. Landlord and Tenant shall each
          appoint one appraiser and the two appraisers so appointed shall
          promptly name a third appraiser. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to
          designate an appraiser within ten (10) business days after a written
          request to do so by the other party, then the other may request the
          regional director of the chapter of the American Arbitration
          Association with jurisdiction over disputes arising in the suburban
          Philadelphia, Pennsylvania metropolitan area ("Director"), or his or
          her designee, to designate an appraiser who, when so designated, shall
          act in the same manner as if he or she had been the appraiser
          designated by the party so failing to designate an appraiser. If the
          two appraisers are unable to agree upon a third appraiser within ten
          (10) days, such third appraiser shall be designated by the Director
          upon the request of either of the two appraisers.

               (ii) Each of the three appraisers shall submit, within ten (10)
          business days after all three appraisers had been designated, a
          written report specifying the appraisers' opinion of the Fair Market
          Value of the Property. Each appraisers' report shall be in writing and
          shall be prepared independently and without consultation with any of
          the other appraisers. The sale price of the Property shall be equal to
          the numerical average of the two (2) appraisals closest in amount to
          one another.


54
<PAGE>
               (iii) Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the appraiser
          appointed by such party and one-half of all other expenses and the
          fees and expenses of the third appraiser.

               (iv) All the decisions of the Board of Appraisers arrived at in
          accordance with the provisions of this subparagraph shall be final and
          binding.

          (b) Closing on Tenant's exercise of the purchase option shall be held
     thirty (30) days after the Fair Market Value has been determined in
     accordance with the above procedure or by other mutual written agreement of
     the parties.

          (c) Upon closing on the exercise of the Tenant's purchase option, all
     rights and obligations under this Lease shall terminate.

          (d) Tenant's exercise of the purchase option must be given to Landlord
     in writing at least one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the end of the
     initial term or renewal term (unless this purchase option has been
     triggered by Landlord's default or failure to obtain financing or
     approvals, or meet progress or completion time requirements, as elsewhere
     expressly provided in this Lease, in any of which latter events the notice
     of exercise may be given at any time after any such triggering event).

          (e) The closing date shall be selected by Tenant and shall be at any
     time prior to the end of the initial term or renewal term, as the case may
     be, provided that if this purchase option has been triggered by Landlord's
     default or failure to obtain financing or approvals pursuant to the
     expressed provisions of this Lease, then the closing date selected by
     Tenant shall be no later than three (3) months after the date that Tenant
     gives Landlord written notice of its election to purchase.

          (f) Landlord shall convey to Tenant, or its assignee or nominee, by
     warranty deed, marketable fee simple title to the Property, together with
     all of Landlord's right, title and interest in the Final Plans and
     Specifications and in all permits and approvals, and together with any
     fixtures and other building equipment, subject to no encumbrances other
     than the Permitted Exceptions, utility easements granted solely in
     connection with providing utility service to the Property, restrictive
     covenants that do not in any way interfere with Tenant's ability to conduct
     its business at the Property or impose any cost upon Tenant, encumbrances
     that existed as of the date of this Lease and were approved by Tenant in
     writing, and any other encumbrances that were approved by Tenant in writing
     and Real Estate Taxes and assessments no yet due and payable. Tenant shall
     be entitled to an abatement of the purchase price in an amount equal to any
     amounts which must be paid or payable to discharge or otherwise any liens
     or encumbrances existing at the time of closing and not permitted by the
     terms hereof.

          (g) Transfer taxes shall be divided evenly between Landlord and Tenant
     unless otherwise provided by this Lease in certain instances.


55
<PAGE>

          (h) At the closing, Landlord will deliver to Tenant:

               (i) Releases of liens (to the extent applicable) and/or
          affidavits for any work performed by or for Landlord, as required by
          Tenant's title and insurance company in order to insure title without
          exception for mechanics' liens;

               (ii) Written assignments of any plans, permits, approvals,
          utility capacities, or other licenses, contracts or agreements
          relating to the Property for which Tenant requests an assignment; and

               (iii) Such other documents as are reasonably required by Tenant
          to effect the closing.


     31. CONSTRUCTION MATTERS DISPUTE RESOLUTION.

     (a) For purposes of this article, a "Claim" means a demand or assertion by
one of the parties seeking adjustment or interpretation of the terms of this
Lease, payment of money, extension of time, modification of plans or
specifications, or other relief with respect to the terms of this Lease, to the
extent that any such claim relates to or arises out of the Plans and
Specifications, the progress reviews thereof, the Landlord's Work and any and
all covenants, warranties, representations and exhibits relating thereto, the
calculation of adjustments to Annual Base Rent or otherwise relating to the
planning, design, construction, substantial completion or completion of the
Buildings and Related Areas, the costs of Changes therein or Allowances
therefor, and/or any defects or deficiencies existing or alleged to exist
therein.

     (b) For purposes of this paragraph, the "Consultant" shall mean and refer
to R/E Group Development Advisors unless and until the parties mutually
designate another Consultant or another Consultant is designated pursuant to the
terms of this article. In the event that the Consultant identified herein or any
other Consultant mutually designated or otherwise appointed pursuant to the
provisions of this article is no longer able or willing to act as the Consultant
hereunder, then the Consultant shall be any successor consultant appointed by
the Consultant within seven (7) days after written request by either of the
parties for such substitute appointment. If the Consultant fails or refuses to
confirm his availability to serve as the Consultant and also fails to appoint a
substitute Consultant within seven (7) days after written request by either
party, then the Consultant shall be chosen by each parties' selection of an
independent licensed architect and the two architects so selected shall mutually
appoint the Consultant. For this purpose, each party must select an architect
within three (3) days after written request by the other and must notify the
other of their selection in writing within such three (3) day period. The
architects so selected must mutually appoint the Consultant within seven (7)
days after both such architects have been selected and confirmed. If, despite
the adherence of the parties to the foregoing procedures, the initially
designated Consultant is not willing or able to serve and no substitute
Consultant is appointed by such Consultant, mutually agreed by the parties or
designated by independent architects selected by them in accordance with the
foregoing procedures, then this article shall have no further force or effect
and the parties may pursue any Claims and the resolution thereof without
mediation or arbitration by the Consultant.


56
<PAGE>

     (c) In the event of any Claim, including unresolved disputes within the
scope of Subparagraph (a), either party may, by written notice, submit the Claim
to the Consultant by giving written notice thereof to the Consultant and to the
other party simultaneously. Either party may submit any information or
documentation to the Consultant with copies simultaneously provided to the other
party. The Consultant may also schedule a meeting of the parties with the
Consultant. Within seven (7) days after receipt of notice of a Claim, the
Consultant will:

          (i) Request additional supporting data from Landlord or Tenant or
     their representatives;

          (ii) Notify the parties of a written decision intended to resolve the
     Claim, which may be on terms as presented by the claimant, or by the other
     party, or in such other manner as concluded to be proper by the Consultant.
     In resolving any such Claims, the Consultant shall consider the terms of
     this Lease, all exhibits hereto, all plans, specifications and other
     documents generated pursuant to the terms of this Lease and any such data
     supporting or opposing the Claim as either party has submitted. The
     Consultant shall resolve the Claim according to the intent of the parties
     as determined by the Consultant from this Lease and exhibits and any
     mutually agreed documentation generated therefrom. If the Consultant is
     unable to determine how the Claim should be resolved on the basis of the
     mutual intent of the parties at the time of making of this Lease or the
     applicable documentation attached to or generated pursuant to the terms of
     this Lease and mutually approved, then the Consultant shall decide the
     Claim according to industry standards and their application to projects
     most comparable to the project described in this Lease.

          (iii) If a Claim has not been resolved by the Consultant within seven
     (7) days after written notice thereof, or within seven (7) days after
     submission of any additional documentation as may have been requested by
     the Consultant, then either party shall be free to pursue a resolution of
     the Claim or enforcement of this Lease in any manner allowed under the
     Lease or by law or in equity.

          (iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease,
     neither party may exercise any right or remedy or seek to enforce any
     obligation with respect to any obligation, condition or subject which would
     appropriately be made the subject of a Claim as defined in Subparagraph
     (a), above, unless and until the matter has first been submitted as a Claim
     for resolution by the Consultant pursuant to the foregoing provisions of
     this article. By way of example, but without limitation, no suit or other
     proceeding may be commenced and no option to terminate this Lease may be
     exercised on account of any condition, event, defect, nonpayment or other
     matter within the scope of the Claims set forth in Subparagraph (a) unless
     and until the Claim is first submitted to the Consultant for disposition in
     accordance with this article.

          (v) Pending resolution of a Claim by the Consultant, the parties shall
     proceed in accordance with this Lease to meet all other timetables,
     obligations, payments and other requirements of the Lease.


57
<PAGE>

     (d) Any decision by the Consultant with respect to a Claim submitted
pursuant to this article will be final and binding unless either party gives
written notice of objection to such decision within seven (7) days after its
receipt of written notice thereof. Otherwise, the decision of the Consultant
shall be deemed to be the mutual agreement of the parties with respect to their
resolution of the Claim and shall be regarded as having the same effect as a
mutual, written modification of or supplement to this Lease. If either party
gives such written notice of objection to the decision of the Consultant within
the time period stated, the decision shall not be final or binding on either of
the parties but shall be admissible as evidence (subject to competency as
evidence under all other applicable rules) in any action or proceeding
thereafter initiated and relating to the subject matter of the Claim.

     (e) Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless the Consultant
from and against claims, damages, costs, liabilities and expense arising in
connection with a Claim submitted by either party or the performance of any
Claim resolution functions hereunder. Such indemnification shall extend also to
claims asserted by third parties against the Consultant to the extent the same
are alleged to relate to any Claim resolution actions or functions hereunder
provided, however, as between Landlord and Tenant, inter se, each agrees to bear
and be responsible to indemnify the other for the cost of such indemnification
of the Consultant against third-party claims if and to the extent that such
third-party claim arises out of or in connection with a contract, employment,
invitee or other relationship between the third party and the Landlord or Tenant
(as the case may be) as such inter se indemnifying party.


     32. RECORDING MEMORANDUM. Landlord and Tenant shall, simultaneously with
execution of this Lease, execute a memorandum for recording in the Chester
County Office for the Recording of Deeds to give notice of the existence and
term of this Lease and of certain options and privileges of Tenant hereunder.
The form of the recording of the memorandum shall be substantially as set forth
in Exhibit H attached hereto and made a part hereof.


     33. PHASE II LAND COVENANTS AND EASEMENTS.

     (a) Tenant shall have the right to approve any improvements to any released
Phase II Land to ensure compatible use and design continuity with Tenant's Phase
I development. Future uses on any released Phase II Office Land shall be limited
to suburban corporate office uses. Future uses on any released Phase II
Manufacturing Land shall be limited to a single-story building for office,
warehouse, light manufacturing and assembly uses, with no trucking, loading or
truck storage facilities or parking area visible from the Phase I Manufacturing
Building. The restrictions contain herein shall be set forth in the recording
memorandum mentioned in Paragraph 32.

     (b) In connection with the development of the Property, Landlord shall
grant and declare upon Lot 1 an easement permitting the installation,
maintenance, repair and replacement of the access drive from Oaklands Boulevard
located, in part, on Lot 1, as shown on the Site Plans attached as Exhibit A and
servicing the Phase I Office Property. The terms of such easement shall be set
forth in a recordable instrument on terms satisfactory to Tenant, whose approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld, and shall be recorded prior to the
Commencement Date of the Lease. Such easement shall survive any release by
Tenant of the Phase II Office 


58
<PAGE>

Expansion on the Phase II Office Land hereunder. In addition, in connection
with the development of the Office Land and the Manufacturing Land, Landlord
shall grant and declare any such other easements for access, stormwater drainage
and management, utilities or other purposes as may be necessary on the Phase II
Office Land, Phase II Manufacturing Land, or any such other lands, as may be
required either by the Subdivision and Land Development Plans for the Property
or as may be otherwise necessary for the proper development of the Property.
Such easements shall be prepared by Landlord in the form of recordable
instruments on terms satisfactory to Tenant, whose approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld, and shall be recorded prior to the Commencement of
construction pursuant to this Lease.


     34. INDEMNIFICATION.

     (a) Tenant will indemnify Landlord and save Landlord harmless from and
against any and all claims, liability and expenses (other than consequential
damages but including reasonable attorneys' fees) for loss or damage suffered by
Landlord because of (i) the negligence of Tenant, its agents, contractors or
employees, and (ii) any act or occurrence in the Premises, unless caused by the
negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, contractors or
employees.

     (b) Landlord shall indemnify Tenant and save Tenant harmless from and
against any and all claims, liabilities and expenses (other than consequential
damages but including reasonable attorneys' fees) for loss or damage suffered by
Tenant because of (i) the negligence of Landlord or Landlord's agents,
contractors or employees, and (ii) any act of occurrence on the Phase II Land,
or the Oaklands Corporate Center outside of the Premises, unless caused by the
negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, contractors or
employees.

     (c) Nothing in this Paragraph 34 is intended to require indemnification for
any property claim for which insurance is required to be maintained under the
terms of this Lease. To the extent permitted by the policies of insurance
required to be maintained hereunder, each party waives and releases the other
from any claims for damage or losses which are covered by such policies of
insurance and shall, to the extent possible, cause the policies of insurance
required to be maintained by it hereunder to include waivers of subrogation
whereunder the insurer agrees that such waiver and release shall not effect
coverage under such policies and shall be binding upon the insurer.


     35. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE. Tenant will not cause or permit any toxic or
hazardous substances to be used, stored, generated or disposed of on or in the
Premises by Tenant, Tenant's agents, employees, contractors or invitees, except
in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant will indemnify and hold
harmless Landlord from any and all claims, damages, fines, judgments, penalties,
costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) and liabilities arising from a
breach by Tenant of the foregoing obligation to comply with Environmental Laws.
Without limiting the foregoing, if Tenant causes or permits the presence of any
hazardous or toxic substances on the Premises in a manner which violates
applicable Environmental Laws and such results in contamination, 


59
<PAGE>

Tenant will promptly, at its sole expense, take any and all necessary
actions to return the Premises to the condition existing prior to the presence
of any such contamination.


     36. LIMITATION OF LANDLORD'S LIABILITY. Anything in this Lease to the
contrary notwithstanding, Tenant agrees that Tenant shall look solely to the
estate and property of Landlord in the Property for the collection of any
judgment or other judicial process requiring the payment of money by Landlord in
the event of a default or breach by Landlord with respect to any of the terms,
covenants, agreements, provisions and conditions of this Lease to be kept,
observed and/or performed by Landlord, and no other assets of Landlord shall be
subject to levy, execution or other procedures for the satisfaction of Tenant's
remedies.


     37. ATTACHMENTS. The following exhibits form a part of this Lease and were
attached before this Lease was signed by the parties:


Exhibit A - Site Plans:

Land Development Plan, Lots 4, 7 and 8 Oaklands Corp. Center made by Chester
Valley Engineers dated 6/30/97

Conditional Use Plan, Lots 1, 4, 7, 8 and 11, CFM Technologies, Phase I,
Oaklands Corporate Center, made by Bernardon and Associates, dated 4/17/97

Oaklands Corporate Center Plan of Resubdivision for Lots 9, 11, 12 and 13 made
by Chester Valley Engineers, Inc., dated December 10, 1996 (marked to show Phase
I Manufacturing Land and Phase II Manufacturing Land)

Resubdivision Plan, Lots 1, 3 and 4, Oaklands Corporate Center for Oaklands
Business Parks Inc. dated April 6, 1995, last revised June 22, 1995 (marked to
show Phase I Office Land and Phase II Office Land)


Exhibit B - Schedule of Estimated Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses


60
<PAGE>

Exhibit C - Base Plans and Specifications:

CFM Technologies Rendering by Bernardon and Associates (PR-0)

First Floor Plan, New Building for CFM Technologies, Inc., by Bernardon and
Associates dated 7/3/97 (PR-1)

Second Floor Plan, New Building for CFM Technologies, Inc., by Bernardon and
Associates, dated 7/3/97 (PR-2)

Third Floor Plan, New Building for CFM Technologies, Inc., by Bernardon and
Associates, dated 7/3/97 (PR-3)

Fourth Floor Plan, New Building for CFM Technologies, Inc., by Bernardon and
Associates, dated 7/3/97 (PR-4)

Plan of New Building for CFM Technologies, Inc., East and West Elevations, by
Bernardon and Associates, dated April 21, 1997.  Last revision 7/3/97 (PR-5)

New Building for CFM Technologies, Inc., Typical Wall Sections, dated April 21,
1997, last revised 7/3/97, made by Bernardon and Associates (PR-6)

Section A-A New Building for CFM Technologies, Inc., Floor Plan, made by
Bernardon and Associates, dated 5/6/97, last revised 7/3/97 (PR-7)

New Building for CFM Technologies, Inc., Production Building Floor Plan, made by
Bernardon and Associates, dated 4/17/97, last revised 7/3/97 (PR 1.1)

New Building for CFM Technologies, Inc., Production Building Elev/Wall Section,
made by Bernardon and Associates, Elevations, dated 4/17/97, last revised 7/3/97
(PR-2.1)

New Building for CFM Technologies, Production Building Section by Bernardon
Associates dated 5/6/97, last revised 7/3/97 (PR-3.1)

Preliminary Project Manual for Office Building, CFM Technologies, Inc., made by
Bernardon and Associates, dated 5/2/97, last revised 7/3/97

Preliminary Project Manual for Production Facility, CFM Technologies, Inc., made
by Bernardon and Associates, dated 5/2/97, last revised 7/3/97


Exhibit D - Developer Schedule

Phase I Manufacturing Developer's Schedule Phase I Of Office Building
Developer's Schedule




61
<PAGE>

Exhibit E - Budget

Phase I 80,000 Square Foot Office Project Cost Allocation, by Knauer &
Gorman, dated April 29, 1997

Phase I 60,000 Square Foot Manufacturing Project Cost Allocation, by Knauer
& Gorman, dated April 29, 1997


Exhibit F - Subordination, Nondisturbance and Attornment Agreement

Exhibit G - Design Build Agreement - To be prepared (A1A DOC A191) 

Exhibit H - Recording Memorandum - To be prepared

Exhibit I - Early Startup Expenses, by Knauer & Gorman, dated April 21, 1997 /
            Knauer & Gorman letter dated 5/29/97 to R. Buckner / Memo from R.
            Buckner to Knauer and Gorman dated 5/30/97

Exhibit J - Letter dated April 18, 1997, from Knauer & Gorman, Addressing Office
            Building Height Issue

Exhibit K - Letters dated April 25, 1997 from Knauer & Gorman and April 24, 1997
            from Chester Valley Engineers, Inc. Addressing Stormwater 
            Management Issues

Exhibit L - James Hance Court Relocation Cost Schedule (3 pages) and Phase II
            Office Storm and Sanitary Sewer Relocation Cost Schedule (2 pages),
            by Knauer & Gorman, dated April 30, 1997 

Exhibit M - List of Approved Alternates (Shell Building Related Construction
            Cost Estimate Beyond Scope of RFP) Knauer & Gorman Inc., 
            dated April 17, 1997 (last revised May 1, 1997)

Exhibit N - Subordination Agreement by Owner

Exhibit O - CFM Phase - I Cash Requirements

Exhibit P - Design Build Purchase Price Schedule

        (a) Tenant's Purchase Option - Landlord's Completion Default (6/18/97)

        (b) Tenant's Purchase Option - Landlord's Financing Default (6/18/97)

        (c) Tenant's Purchase Option - Landlord's Breach After Loan Commitment


62
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease.


                                  CFM PARTNERS


      By:/s/ James J. Gorman
- ------------------------------------
      James J. Gorman


      By: /s/ Christopher J. Knauer
 ------------------------------------
      Christopher J. Knauer



                             CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


      By: /s/ Lorin J. Randall
- -----------------------------------
      Lorin J. Randall











63




                                                                   Exhibit 10.24

                                AGENT AGREEMENT


     This AGENT AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 5th day of April, 1997,
by and between Aneric Enterprise PTE Limited, a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of Singapore with its principal place of business
located at 629, Cititech Industrial Bldg. #06-21, Aljunied Road, Singapore
389838 (hereinafter referred to a as "Agent") and CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a
Pennsylvania corporation, with its principal place of business located at 1336
Enterprise Drive, West Chester, Pennsylvania, 19380 (hereinafter referred to as
the "Company").

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein,
the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. APPOINTMENT OF AGENT. Company hereby appoints Agent as its exclusive
agent for the sale of certain items described in Attachment "A" (hereinafter
referred to as "Products") in the countries and locations listed in Exhibit "B"
(hereinafter referred to as "Territory").

     Agent is authorized by the above appointment to sell Products only to
customers located in Agent's territory for use in manufacturing facilities
located in Agent's territory, and Agent shall refer to Company all inquiries
made from prospective customers which do not fall under the scope of this
Agreement. All inquiries or orders received by Company for Products from any
party in the Territory shall be referred to Agent.

     The list of Products as set forth in Appendix A may be changed, abandoned,
or supplemented in writing by mutual agreement between the parties.

     It is understood by the parties that the Agent shall be acting as an
independent sales agent of Company's Products, and Agent shall be solely
responsible for all expenses connected with the operation of its business. Agent
shall have no authority to contract in the name of or bind the Company in any
manner whatsoever. Agent shall defend and hold Company harmless from all claims
arising out of Agent's conduct. All transactions or activities in connection
with this Agreement will comply with the letter and the spirit of all applicable
laws as well as ethical business standards. Care must be taken to avoid
disseminating inaccurate or misleading technical or business information.

     2. TERM OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall continue in effect for a period
of one (1) year from the date of its execution and shall automatically renew
year after year, unless terminated pursuant to Paragraph 10 hereof.

     3. RESPONSIBILITIES.

     a. COMPANY'S RESPONSIBILITIES. Company shall make every reasonable effort
to manufacture quantities of the Products sufficient to meet the requirements of
end user customers sold to by Agent. Company shall have responsibility for
Product installation, service, and support.

<PAGE>


     b. AGENT'S RESPONSIBILITIES. Agent agrees to:

          (i) use its best efforts to promote the sale and use of the Products
     and to solicit and secure orders for the Products within its Territory, and
     further to serve the best interests of Company in any and all matters in
     accordance with this Agreement;

          (ii) Refrain from manufacturing or selling of products which directly
     compete with the Products of the Company for the duration of this Agreement
     and for a period of three (3) years following the termination of this
     Agreement for any reason.

          (iii) Agent shall prepare a sales forecast for each quarter providing
     projections of end-user sales of Products by item, by end -user name, by
     quarter for (6) six fiscal quarters of the Company, including the quarter
     in which the forecast is prepared. This forecast shall be updated monthly
     to be received by CFM by the 15th day of each month.

     4. CONFIDENTIALITY. Agent acknowledges that this Agreement creates a
relationship of trust and confidence between Agent and Company. Agent
acknowledges that proprietary data and proprietary information are embodied in
the Company's Products, and in data, information, and material supplied by
Company to Agent or acquired by Agent in the course of performance of this
Agreement. Agent acknowledges that all such proprietary data and proprietary
information, including such data and information as is contained in the Products
and their constituent parts, constitute the sole and exclusive property to the
Company, and Agent will carefully protect such information and use it only in
furtherance of the Company's business.

     Agent hereby agrees to hold in confidence during the term of this
Agreement, and thereafter for a period of three (3) years, any and all
information of a confidential nature regarding Company's business or affairs,
including without limitation, data provided by Company regarding the design
and/or methods of Company of the Products, and not to disclose the same to any
person, firm, or corporation.

     On all the above information of a confidential or proprietary nature,
Company shall stamp "CONFIDENTIAL" or so indicate in other appropriate ways for
software or other intangible materials.

     The following information shall not be considered confidential:

          a. information which is already generally available to the public;

          b. information which hereafter becomes generally available to the
     public, except as a result of a fault of the party to whom the information
     was disclosed;

          c. information which Company agrees to disclose in writing;

          d. information which can be shown to have been properly known to Agent
     prior to the transmittal thereof from Company; or

<PAGE>


          e. information which is obtained by Agent from a third party which had
     the right to possess and to disclose the information.

     5. PRICE AND PRICE CHANGES.

          a. PRICE. The Company will from time to time provide the Agent with
     price schedules for the Company's products in the Territory. Agent agrees
     that it will not sell the Company's Products in its Territory at prices
     other than those on the Territory price list without Company's express
     knowledge and written consent. The company agrees to pay the Agent a
     commission for the Products purchased by the customer/ end- user according
     to the price paid by the customer/ end-user. Commission will be a
     pre-determined rate of six percent (6%) of collected funds. The
     commission rate may be changed upon the written agreement of both parties.

     6. TERMS OF PAYMENT. The terms of payment shall be as follows:

          a. 50%, after receipt of payment by Company from customer/end user
     based upon shipment of equipment.

             50%, after receipt of payment by Company from customer/end user 
     based upon final acceptance.

          b. Company to pay Agent commission within 10 days of receipt of
     payment by Company from customer/end-user.

     7. DELIVERY. The Company shall use its best efforts to fill all orders
promptly upon acceptance thereof. However, if conditions beyond the control of
Company arise which prevent compliance with normal delivery schedules, Company
shall not be liable for damages, general, special or otherwise. Deliveries shall
be made Ex-Factory West Chester, Pennsylvania. Customer shall have the right to
select the packer and carrier of its choice and shall bear all costs related
thereto.

     The Company shall retain title and bear the risk of loss until such time as
a shipment leaves the Company's dock, at which time title shall pass to the
Customer, and the risk of loss shall be borne by Customer. Customer shall
arrange and pay for insurance against loss or damage to the equipment during
transit.

     8. SALES AND SUPPORT. Agent agrees to provide competent personnel for the
sales, specification review, negotiation, and technical sales support to
customers within its Territory. Company agrees to provide reasonable training
for Agent's personnel at its offices in West Chester, Pennsylvania.

     9. ADVERTISING. Company shall supply Agent with reasonable quantities of
sales materials such as catalogs, brochures, and reprints of its advertising
materials at no charge to Agent. Agent shall have the right to conduct
advertising campaigns with respect to the Products at its expense. Agent shall
refrain from making any claims or representations concerning the Products in
excess of those 



<PAGE>

made by Company. Agent will translate the above materials into local languages
as may be needed from time to time. Upon termination of this Agreement, Agent
shall return all unused sales materials to Company and shall refrain from
further use of all such materials in its activities.

     10. TERMINATION.

     A. This Agreement may be terminated:

          1. by an agreement in writing duly signed by the parties hereto; or

          2. by either party at will, with or without cause, upon not less than
     thirty (30) days notice in writing, given by registered or certified mail
     to the other party.

     B. Commissions, preceding and following the date of Termination, shall be
paid as follows:

          1. Following notification and preceding the Termination Date,
     commissions to Agent will be paid in with accordance with Sections 6(a) and
     6(b).

          2. Any order for shipment of Product into the Territory which shipment
     (Ex-Works) shall occur prior to the Termination Date shall result in full
     payment of any commission due to Agent based upon shipment of equipment,
     subject to Section 6(b). No commissions will be paid for shipments into the
     Territory made after the Termination Date.

          3. Any Product shipped into the Territory for which Final Acceptance
     is received prior to the Termination Date shall result in full payment of
     any commission due to Agent based upon final acceptance, subject to Section
     6(b). No commissions will be paid for final acceptance events which occur
     after the Termination Date.

     The acceptance of any order from a customer in the Agent's territory after
the termination of this Agreement shall not be construed as a renewal or
extension hereof nor as a waiver of termination. Neither Company nor Agent
shall, by reason of the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement, be liable
to the other for compensation, reimbursement or damages on account of the loss
of prospective profits on anticipated sales, or on account of expenditures,
investments, leases or commitments in connection with the business or goodwill
of Company or Agent, or otherwise.

<PAGE>

     11. MISCELLANEOUS.

     a. ASSIGNMENT. This agreement is not assignable or transferable by either
party in whole or in part, except with written consent of the other party.

     b. GOVERNING LAW AND LANGUAGE. This Agreement shall be governed in all
respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. This Agreement has
been negotiated and executed in the English language, and the rules of
construction and definition of the English language shall be applied in
interpreting this Agreement.

     c. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the full and entire
understanding and agreement between the parties.

     d. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement shall be judicially
determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby.

     e. BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefits of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

     f. TITLES AND SUBTITLES. The titles of the paragraphs and subparagraphs of
this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be
considered in construing this Agreement.

     g. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together
shall construe one instrument.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement the day
and year first above set forth.

                                    THE COMPANY:


                                    /s/  Roger A. Carolin
                                    ------------------------------------
                                    Roger A. Carolin
                                    President and Chief Executive Officer
                                    CFM Technologies, Inc.



                                   THE AGENT:

                                    /s/  Eric Ng
                                    ___________________________________
                                    Eric Ng
                                    Managing Director
                                    Aneric Enterprise Pte Ltd.














<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A

                                    PRODUCTS


             Full Flow(TM) systems for semiconductor applications.


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                                    TERRITORY


                                    Singapore
                                    Malaysia
                                    Thailand
                                    Indonesia




                                                                   Exhibit 10.25


                                 AGENT AGREEMENT

     This AGENT AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 29th day of October,
1997, by and between Silicon International Ltd., a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of Hong Kong with its principal place of business
located Unit 303, Four Seas Building, 208-212 Nathan Road, Kowloon, Hong Kong
(hereinafter referred to a as "Agent") and CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a
Pennsylvania corporation, with its principal place of business located at 1336
Enterprise Drive, West Chester, Pennsylvania, 19380 (hereinafter referred to as
the "Company").

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein,
the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1. APPOINTMENT OF AGENT. Company hereby appoints Agent as its
     exclusive agent for the sale of certain items described in Attachment "A"
     (hereinafter referred to as "Products") in the countries and locations
     listed in Exhibit "B" (hereinafter referred to as "Territory").

          Agent is authorized by the above appointment to sell Products only to
     customers located in Agent's territory for use in manufacturing facilities
     located in Agent's territory, and Agent shall refer to Company all
     inquiries made from prospective customers which do not fall under the scope
     of this Agreement. All inquiries or orders received by Company for Products
     from any party in the Territory shall be referred to Agent.

     The list of Products as set forth in Appendix A may be changed, abandoned,
or supplemented in writing by mutual agreement between the parties.

     It is understood by the parties that the Agent shall be acting as an
independent sales agent of Company's Products, and Agent shall be solely
responsible for all expenses connected with the operation of its business. Agent
shall have no authority to contract in the name of or bind the Company in any
manner whatsoever. Agent shall defend and hold Company harmless from all claims
arising out of Agent's conduct. All transactions or activities in connection
with this Agreement will comply with the letter and the spirit of all applicable
laws as well as ethical business standards. Care must be taken to avoid
disseminating inaccurate or misleading technical or business information.

<PAGE>


     2. TERM OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall continue in effect for a period
of one (1) year from the date of its execution and shall automatically renew
year after year, unless terminated pursuant to Paragraph 10 hereof.

     3. RESPONSIBILITIES.

          a. COMPANY'S RESPONSIBILITIES. Company shall make every reasonable
     effort to manufacture quantities of the Products sufficient to meet the
     requirements of end user customers sold to by Agent. Company shall have
     responsibility for Product installation, service, and support.

          b. AGENT'S RESPONSIBILITIES. Agent agrees to:

               (i) use its best efforts to promote the sale and use of the
          Products and to solicit and secure orders for the Products within its
          Territory, and further to serve the best interests of Company in any
          and all matters in accordance with this Agreement;

               (ii) Refrain from manufacturing or selling of products which
          directly compete with the Products of the Company for the duration of
          this Agreement and for a period of six (6) months following the
          termination of this Agreement for any reason.

               (iii) Agent shall prepare a sales forecast for each quarter
          providing projections of end-user sales of Products by item, by end
          -user name, by quarter for (6) six fiscal quarters of the Company,
          including the quarter in which the forecast is prepared. This forecast
          shall be updated monthly to be received by CFM by the 15th day of each
          month.

     4. CONFIDENTIALITY. Agent acknowledges that this Agreement creates a
relationship of trust and confidence between Agent and Company. Agent
acknowledges that proprietary data and proprietary information are embodied in
the Company's Products, and in data, information, and material supplied by
Company to Agent or acquired by Agent in the course of performance of this
Agreement. Agent acknowledges that all such proprietary data and proprietary
information, including such data and information as is contained in the Products
and their constituent parts, constitute the sole 


<PAGE>

and exclusive property to the Company, and Agent will carefully protect such
information and use it only in furtherance of the Company's business.

     Agent hereby agrees to hold in confidence during the term of this
Agreement, and thereafter for a period of three (3) years, any and all
information of a confidential nature regarding Company's business or affairs,
including without limitation, data provided by Company regarding the design
and/or methods of Company of the Products, and not to disclose the same to any
person, firm, or corporation.

     On all the above information of a confidential or proprietary nature,
Company shall stamp "CONFIDENTIAL" or so indicate in other appropriate ways for
software or other intangible materials.

     The following information shall not be considered confidential:

          a. information which is already generally available to the public;

          b. information which hereafter becomes generally available to the
     public, except as a result of a fault of the party to whom the information
     was disclosed;

          c. information which Company agrees to disclose in writing;

          d. information which can be shown to have been properly known to Agent
     prior to the transmittal thereof from Company; or

          e. information which is obtained by Agent from a third party which had
     the right to possess and to disclose the information.


<PAGE>

     5. PRICE AND PRICE CHANGES.

     a. PRICE. The Company will from time to time provide the Agent with price
schedules for the Company's products in the Territory. Agent agrees that it will
not sell the Company's Products in its Territory at prices other than those on
the Territory price list without Company's express knowledge and written
consent. The company agrees to pay the Agent a commission for the Products
purchased by the customer/end-user according to the price paid by the customer/
end-user. Commission will be a pre-determined rate of four and one-half percent
(4.5%) of collected funds. The commission rate may be changed upon the written
agreement of both parties.

     6. TERMS OF PAYMENT. The terms of payment shall be as follows:

          a. One-half (50%), after receipt of payment by Company from
     customer/end user based upon shipment of equipment.

             One-half (50%), after receipt of payment by Company from 
     customer/end user based upon final acceptance.

          b. Company to pay Agent commission within 10 days of receipt of
     payment by Company from customer/end-user.

     7. SPARE PARTS. Agent agrees to purchase spare parts for resale to
customers or to the Company (when used for warranty repairs) during the term of
this agreement. Such purchases shall be made from recommended listings of spare
parts to be supplied by the Company. Orders placed by Agent for such spare parts
shall be in an amount not less than 22.2% of any commissions paid to Agent
during each annual period ending on October 31.

     8. APPLICATION ENGINEER SUPPORT. Agent agrees to hire and retain a minimum
an applications engineer to support each customer site at which three or more
Full Flow systems are installed or on order. The Company agrees to provide
technical training to such application engineers at no cost to Agent and Agent
agrees to pay for all travel, living and incidental expenses of such
applications engineers during the period of any such training. Additional
applications engineers may 


<PAGE>

be hired by Agent and trained by Company for customer sites with more than three
Full Flow systems, subject to mutual agreement between Agent and Company.

     9. DELIVERY. The Company shall use its best efforts to fill all orders
promptly upon acceptance thereof. However, if conditions beyond the control of
Company arise which prevent compliance with normal delivery schedules, Company
shall not be liable for damages, general, special or otherwise. Deliveries shall
be made Ex-Factory West Chester, Pennsylvania. Customer shall have the right to
select the packer and carrier of its choice and shall bear all costs related
thereto.

     The Company shall retain title and bear the risk of loss until such time as
a shipment leaves the Company's dock, at which time title shall pass to the
Customer, and the risk of loss shall be borne by Customer. Customer shall
arrange and pay for insurance against loss or damage to the equipment during
transit.

     10. SALES AND SUPPORT. Agent agrees to provide competent personnel for the
sales, specification review, negotiation, and technical sales support to
customers within its Territory. Company agrees to provide reasonable training
for Agent's personnel at its offices in West Chester, Pennsylvania.

     11. ADVERTISING. Company shall supply Agent with reasonable quantities of
sales materials such as catalogs, brochures, and reprints of its advertising
materials at no charge to Agent. Agent shall have the right to conduct
advertising campaigns with respect to the Products at its expense. Agent shall
refrain from making any claims or representations concerning the Products in
excess of those made by Company. Agent will translate the above materials into
local languages as may be needed from time to time. Upon termination of this
Agreement, Agent shall return all unused sales materials to Company and shall
refrain from further use of all such materials in its activities.


<PAGE>

     12. TERMINATION.

     A. This Agreement may be terminated:

          1. by an agreement in writing duly signed by the parties hereto; or

          2. by either party at will, with or without cause, less than one
     hundred and eighty (180) days notice in writing, given by registered or
     certified mail to the other party. The date of termination (Termination
     Date) is defined a180 days following the date of notification.

     B. Commissions, preceding and following the Termination shall be paid as
follows:

          1. Following notification and preceding the Termination Date,
     commissions to Agent will be paid in accordance with Sections 6(a) and
     6(b).

          2. Any order for shipment of Product into the Territory which shipment
     (Ex-Works) shall occur prior to the Termination Date shall result in full
     payment of any commission due to Agent based upon shipment of equipment,
     subject to Section 6(b). No commissions will be paid for shipments into the
     Territory made after the Termination Date.

          3. Any Product shipped into the Territory for which Final Acceptance
     is received prior to the Termination Date shall result in full payment of
     any commission due to Agent based upon final acceptance, subject to Section
     6(b). No commissions will be paid for final acceptance events which occur
     after the Termination Date.

     The acceptance of any order from a customer in the Agent's territory after
the Termination Date of this Agreement shall not be construed as a renewal or
extension hereof nor as a waiver of termination. Neither Company nor Agent
shall, by reason of the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement, be liable
to the other for compensation, reimbursement or damages on account of the loss
of prospective profits on anticipated sales, or on account of expenditures,
investments, leases or commitments in connection with the business or goodwill
of Company or Agent, or otherwise.


<PAGE>


     13. MISCELLANEOUS.

     a. ASSIGNMENT. This agreement is not assignable or transferable by either
party in whole or in part, except with written consent of the other party.

     b. GOVERNING LAW AND LANGUAGE. This Agreement shall be governed in all
respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. This Agreement has
been negotiated and executed in the English language, and the rules of
construction and definition of the English language shall be applied in
interpreting this Agreement.

     c. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the full and entire
understanding and agreement between the parties.

     d. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement shall be judicially
determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby.

     e. BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefits of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

     f. TITLES AND SUBTITLES. The titles of the paragraphs and subparagraphs of
this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be
considered in construing this Agreement.

     g. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together
shall construe one instrument.


<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement the day
and year first above set forth.


                                    THE COMPANY:



                                    BY:   /s/  Lorin J. Randall
                                    -----------------------------------



                                    THE AGENT:


                                    /s/ John Dunn
                                    -----------------------------------
                                    John Dunn
                                    President
                                    Silicon International Ltd.


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A

                                    PRODUCTS

              Full Flow(TM) systems for semiconductor applications.


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                                    TERRITORY

                            People Republic of China

                              Hong Kong, P.R. China



                                                                     EXHIBIT 11

                     CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE


                                                      FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                         OCTOBER 31,
                                              -------------------------------
                                               1997        1996        1995
                                               ----        ----        ----
                                                   (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS,
                                                    EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

Net income                                    $6,222      $2,960      $1,402
                                              ======      ======      ======
                                           
Weighted average common and common         
    equivalent shares:                        
       Common Stock                            7,318       4,624       3,802
                                           
Stock options (treasury stock method)            446         184         146

Cheap stock (treasury stock method)              --           23          46
                                              ------      ------      ------
Weighted average common and common         
    equivalent shares                          7,764       4,831       3,994
                                              ------      ------      ------
Net income per common share                    $0.80       $0.61       $0.35
                                              ======      ======      ======
                                        
Computed on a basis as described in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.


                                                                     EXHIBIT 21



                     SUBSIDIARIES OF CFM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.



                                                      JURISDICTION OF
NAME                                                  INCORPORATION
- ----                                                  ---------------

CFMT, Inc. ........................................   Delaware

CFM International Corp. ...........................   Guam

CFM Technologies Limited...........................   Scotland

CFM Technologies, S.A. ............................   France

CFM Technologies Limited Singapore Branch..........   Singapore


                                                                   Exhibit 23.1





                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


     As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation
of our report included in this Form 10-K, into CFM Technologies, Inc.'s
previously filed Form S-8 Registration Statement File No. 333-19749.


                                             ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Philadelphia, Pa.,
January 27, 1998


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
       
<S>                                        <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                              12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          OCT-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             NOV-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               OCT-31-1997
<CASH>                                          26,865
<SECURITIES>                                    19,316
<RECEIVABLES>                                   33,392
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                     16,081
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                98,734
<PP&E>                                          13,765
<DEPRECIATION>                                   3,562
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 109,496
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           16,938
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        80,762
<OTHER-SE>                                       9,106
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   109,496
<SALES>                                         75,772
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                75,772
<CGS>                                           40,072
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   28,694
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              (1,882)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  8,888
<INCOME-TAX>                                     2,666
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     6,222
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .80
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .80
        



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission